// File: contracts/BaseWeightedPool.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
// (at your option) any later version.

// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.

// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

pragma solidity ^0.7.0;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;

import "@balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/math/FixedPoint.sol";
import "@balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/helpers/InputHelpers.sol";

import "@balancer-labs/v2-pool-utils/contracts/LegacyBaseMinimalSwapInfoPool.sol";

import "./WeightedPoolUserData.sol";
import "./WeightedMath.sol";
import "hardhat/console.sol";

/**
 * @dev Base class for WeightedPools containing swap, join and exit logic, but leaving storage and management of
 * the weights to subclasses. Derived contracts can choose to make weights immutable, mutable, or even dynamic
 *  based on local or external logic.
 */
abstract contract BaseWeightedPool is LegacyBaseMinimalSwapInfoPool {
    using FixedPoint for uint256;
    using WeightedPoolUserData for bytes;

    uint256 private _lastInvariant;

    constructor(
        IVault vault,
        string memory name,
        string memory symbol,
        IERC20[] memory tokens,
        address[] memory assetManagers,
        uint256 swapFeePercentage,
        uint256 pauseWindowDuration,
        uint256 bufferPeriodDuration,
        address owner
    )
        LegacyBasePool(
            vault,
            // Given LegacyBaseMinimalSwapInfoPool supports both of these specializations, and this Pool never registers
            // or deregisters any tokens after construction, picking Two Token when the Pool only has two tokens is free
            // gas savings.
            tokens.length == 2 ? IVault.PoolSpecialization.TWO_TOKEN : IVault.PoolSpecialization.MINIMAL_SWAP_INFO,
            name,
            symbol,
            tokens,
            assetManagers,
            swapFeePercentage,
            pauseWindowDuration,
            bufferPeriodDuration,
            owner
        )
    {
        // solhint-disable-previous-line no-empty-blocks
    }

    // Virtual functions

    /**
     * @dev Returns the normalized weight of `token`. Weights are fixed point numbers that sum to FixedPoint.ONE.
     */
    function _getNormalizedWeight(IERC20 token) internal view virtual returns (uint256);

    /**
     * @dev Returns all normalized weights, in the same order as the Pool's tokens.
     */
    function _getNormalizedWeights() internal view virtual returns (uint256[] memory);

    /**
     * @dev Returns all normalized weights, in the same order as the Pool's tokens, along with the index of the token
     * with the highest weight.
     */
    function _getNormalizedWeightsAndMaxWeightIndex() internal view virtual returns (uint256[] memory, uint256);

    function getLastInvariant() public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return _lastInvariant;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the current value of the invariant.
     */
    function getInvariant() public view virtual returns (uint256) {
        (, uint256[] memory balances, ) = getVault().getPoolTokens(getPoolId());

        // Since the Pool hooks always work with upscaled balances, we manually
        // upscale here for consistency
        _upscaleArray(balances, _scalingFactors());

        (uint256[] memory normalizedWeights, ) = _getNormalizedWeightsAndMaxWeightIndex();
        return _calculateInvariant(normalizedWeights, balances);
    }

    function getNormalizedWeights() external view returns (uint256[] memory) {
        return _getNormalizedWeights();
    }

    // Base Pool handlers

    // Swap

    function _onSwapGivenIn(
        SwapRequest memory swapRequest,
        uint256 currentBalanceTokenIn,
        uint256 currentBalanceTokenOut
    ) internal virtual override whenNotPaused returns (uint256) {
        // Swaps are disabled while the contract is paused.

        return
            WeightedMath._calcOutGivenIn(
                currentBalanceTokenIn,
                _getNormalizedWeight(swapRequest.tokenIn),
                currentBalanceTokenOut,
                _getNormalizedWeight(swapRequest.tokenOut),
                swapRequest.amount
            );
    }

    function _onSwapGivenOut(
        SwapRequest memory swapRequest,
        uint256 currentBalanceTokenIn,
        uint256 currentBalanceTokenOut
    ) internal virtual override whenNotPaused returns (uint256) {
        // Swaps are disabled while the contract is paused.

        return
            WeightedMath._calcInGivenOut(
                currentBalanceTokenIn,
                _getNormalizedWeight(swapRequest.tokenIn),
                currentBalanceTokenOut,
                _getNormalizedWeight(swapRequest.tokenOut),
                swapRequest.amount
            );
    }

    // Initialize

    function _onInitializePool(
        bytes32,
        address,
        address,
        uint256[] memory scalingFactors,
        bytes memory userData
    ) internal virtual override whenNotPaused returns (uint256, uint256[] memory) {
        // It would be strange for the Pool to be paused before it is initialized, but for consistency we prevent
        // initialization in this case.

        WeightedPoolUserData.JoinKind kind = userData.joinKind();
        _require(kind == WeightedPoolUserData.JoinKind.INIT, Errors.UNINITIALIZED);

        uint256[] memory amountsIn = userData.initialAmountsIn();
        InputHelpers.ensureInputLengthMatch(_getTotalTokens(), amountsIn.length);
        _upscaleArray(amountsIn, scalingFactors);

        (uint256[] memory normalizedWeights, ) = _getNormalizedWeightsAndMaxWeightIndex();

        uint256 invariantAfterJoin = _calculateInvariant(normalizedWeights, amountsIn);

        // Set the initial BPT to the value of the invariant times the number of tokens. This makes BPT supply more
        // consistent in Pools with similar compositions but different number of tokens.
        uint256 bptAmountOut = Math.mul(invariantAfterJoin, _getTotalTokens());

        _lastInvariant = invariantAfterJoin;

        return (bptAmountOut, amountsIn);
    }

    // Join
    function _onJoinPool(
        bytes32,
        address,
        address recepient,
        uint256[] memory balances,
        uint256,
        uint256 protocolSwapFeePercentage,
        uint256[] memory scalingFactors,
        bytes memory userData
    )
        internal
        virtual
        override
        whenNotPaused
        returns (
            uint256,
            uint256[] memory,
            uint256[] memory
        )
    {
        // All joins are disabled while the contract is paused.

        (uint256[] memory normalizedWeights, uint256 maxWeightTokenIndex) = _getNormalizedWeightsAndMaxWeightIndex();

        // Due protocol swap fee amounts are computed by measuring the growth of the invariant between the previous join
        // or exit event and now - the invariant's growth is due exclusively to swap fees. This avoids spending gas
        // computing them on each individual swap
        uint256 invariantBeforeJoin = _calculateInvariant(normalizedWeights, balances);

        uint256[] memory dueProtocolFeeAmounts = _getDueProtocolFeeAmounts(
            balances,
            normalizedWeights,
            maxWeightTokenIndex,
            _lastInvariant,
            invariantBeforeJoin,
            protocolSwapFeePercentage
        );

        // Update current balances by subtracting the protocol fee amounts
        _mutateAmounts(balances, dueProtocolFeeAmounts, FixedPoint.sub);
        (uint256 bptAmountOut, uint256[] memory amountsIn) = _doJoin(
            recepient,
            balances,
            normalizedWeights,
            scalingFactors,
            userData
        );

        // Update the invariant with the balances the Pool will have after the join, in order to compute the
        // protocol swap fee amounts due in future joins and exits.
        WeightedPoolUserData.JoinKind kind = userData.joinKind();
        if (kind == WeightedPoolUserData.JoinKind.PLACE_LONG_TERM_ORDER) {
            _lastInvariant = _invariantAfterJoin(balances, new uint256[](2), normalizedWeights);
        } else {
            _lastInvariant = _invariantAfterJoin(balances, amountsIn, normalizedWeights);
        }

        return (bptAmountOut, amountsIn, dueProtocolFeeAmounts);
    }

    function _doJoin(
        address,
        uint256[] memory balances,
        uint256[] memory normalizedWeights,
        uint256[] memory scalingFactors,
        bytes memory userData
    ) internal virtual returns (uint256, uint256[] memory) {
        WeightedPoolUserData.JoinKind kind = userData.joinKind();

        if (kind == WeightedPoolUserData.JoinKind.EXACT_TOKENS_IN_FOR_BPT_OUT) {
            return _joinExactTokensInForBPTOut(balances, normalizedWeights, scalingFactors, userData);
        } else if (kind == WeightedPoolUserData.JoinKind.TOKEN_IN_FOR_EXACT_BPT_OUT) {
            return _joinTokenInForExactBPTOut(balances, normalizedWeights, userData);
        } else if (kind == WeightedPoolUserData.JoinKind.ALL_TOKENS_IN_FOR_EXACT_BPT_OUT) {
            return _joinAllTokensInForExactBPTOut(balances, userData);
        } else {
            _revert(Errors.UNHANDLED_JOIN_KIND);
        }
    }

    function _joinExactTokensInForBPTOut(
        uint256[] memory balances,
        uint256[] memory normalizedWeights,
        uint256[] memory scalingFactors,
        bytes memory userData
    ) private returns (uint256, uint256[] memory) {
        (uint256[] memory amountsIn, uint256 minBPTAmountOut) = userData.exactTokensInForBptOut();
        InputHelpers.ensureInputLengthMatch(_getTotalTokens(), amountsIn.length);

        _upscaleArray(amountsIn, scalingFactors);

        (uint256 bptAmountOut, uint256[] memory swapFees) = WeightedMath._calcBptOutGivenExactTokensIn(
            balances,
            normalizedWeights,
            amountsIn,
            totalSupply(),
            getSwapFeePercentage()
        );

        // Note that swapFees is already upscaled
        _processSwapFeeAmounts(swapFees);

        _require(bptAmountOut >= minBPTAmountOut, Errors.BPT_OUT_MIN_AMOUNT);

        return (bptAmountOut, amountsIn);
    }

    function _joinTokenInForExactBPTOut(
        uint256[] memory balances,
        uint256[] memory normalizedWeights,
        bytes memory userData
    ) private returns (uint256, uint256[] memory) {
        (uint256 bptAmountOut, uint256 tokenIndex) = userData.tokenInForExactBptOut();
        // Note that there is no maximum amountIn parameter: this is handled by `IVault.joinPool`.

        _require(tokenIndex < _getTotalTokens(), Errors.OUT_OF_BOUNDS);

        (uint256 amountIn, uint256 swapFee) = WeightedMath._calcTokenInGivenExactBptOut(
            balances[tokenIndex],
            normalizedWeights[tokenIndex],
            bptAmountOut,
            totalSupply(),
            getSwapFeePercentage()
        );

        // Note that swapFee is already upscaled
        _processSwapFeeAmount(tokenIndex, swapFee);

        // We join in a single token, so we initialize amountsIn with zeros
        uint256[] memory amountsIn = new uint256[](_getTotalTokens());
        // And then assign the result to the selected token
        amountsIn[tokenIndex] = amountIn;

        return (bptAmountOut, amountsIn);
    }

    function _joinAllTokensInForExactBPTOut(uint256[] memory balances, bytes memory userData)
        private
        view
        returns (uint256, uint256[] memory)
    {
        uint256 bptAmountOut = userData.allTokensInForExactBptOut();
        // Note that there is no maximum amountsIn parameter: this is handled by `IVault.joinPool`.

        uint256[] memory amountsIn = WeightedMath._calcAllTokensInGivenExactBptOut(
            balances,
            bptAmountOut,
            totalSupply()
        );

        return (bptAmountOut, amountsIn);
    }

    // Exit

    function _onExitPool(
        bytes32,
        address sender,
        address,
        uint256[] memory balances,
        uint256,
        uint256 protocolSwapFeePercentage,
        uint256[] memory scalingFactors,
        bytes memory userData
    )
        internal
        virtual
        override
        returns (
            uint256 bptAmountIn,
            uint256[] memory amountsOut,
            uint256[] memory dueProtocolFeeAmounts
        )
    {
        (uint256[] memory normalizedWeights, uint256 maxWeightTokenIndex) = _getNormalizedWeightsAndMaxWeightIndex();

        // Exits are not completely disabled while the contract is paused: proportional exits (exact BPT in for tokens
        // out) remain functional.

        if (_isNotPaused()) {
            // Due protocol swap fee amounts are computed by measuring the growth of the invariant between the previous
            // join or exit event and now - the invariant's growth is due exclusively to swap fees. This avoids
            // spending gas calculating the fees on each individual swap.
            uint256 invariantBeforeExit = _calculateInvariant(normalizedWeights, balances);
            dueProtocolFeeAmounts = _getDueProtocolFeeAmounts(
                balances,
                normalizedWeights,
                maxWeightTokenIndex,
                _lastInvariant,
                invariantBeforeExit,
                protocolSwapFeePercentage
            );

            // Update current balances by subtracting the protocol fee amounts
            _mutateAmounts(balances, dueProtocolFeeAmounts, FixedPoint.sub);
        } else {
            // If the contract is paused, swap protocol fee amounts are not charged to avoid extra calculations and
            // reduce the potential for errors.
            dueProtocolFeeAmounts = new uint256[](_getTotalTokens());
        }

        (bptAmountIn, amountsOut) = _doExit(sender, balances, normalizedWeights, scalingFactors, userData);

        // Update the invariant with the balances the Pool will have after the exit, in order to compute the
        // protocol swap fees due in future joins and exits.
        _setLastInvariantAfterExit(balances, amountsOut, normalizedWeights, userData);

        return (bptAmountIn, amountsOut, dueProtocolFeeAmounts);
    }

    // Introduced to keep _lastInvariant private
    function _setLastInvariantAfterExit(
        uint256[] memory balances,
        uint256[] memory amountsOut,
        uint256[] memory normalizedWeights,
        bytes memory userData
    ) internal {
        WeightedPoolUserData.ExitKind kind = userData.exitKind();
        if (
            kind == WeightedPoolUserData.ExitKind.CANCEL_LONG_TERM_ORDER ||
            kind == WeightedPoolUserData.ExitKind.WITHDRAW_LONG_TERM_ORDER ||
            kind == WeightedPoolUserData.ExitKind.MANAGEMENT_FEE_TOKENS_OUT
        ) {
            _lastInvariant = _invariantAfterExit(balances, new uint256[](2), normalizedWeights);
        } else {
            _lastInvariant = _invariantAfterExit(balances, amountsOut, normalizedWeights);
        }
    }

    function _doExit(
        address,
        uint256[] memory balances,
        uint256[] memory normalizedWeights,
        uint256[] memory scalingFactors,
        bytes memory userData
    ) internal virtual returns (uint256, uint256[] memory) {
        WeightedPoolUserData.ExitKind kind = userData.exitKind();

        if (kind == WeightedPoolUserData.ExitKind.EXACT_BPT_IN_FOR_ONE_TOKEN_OUT) {
            return _exitExactBPTInForTokenOut(balances, normalizedWeights, userData);
        } else if (kind == WeightedPoolUserData.ExitKind.EXACT_BPT_IN_FOR_TOKENS_OUT) {
            return _exitExactBPTInForTokensOut(balances, userData);
        } else if (kind == WeightedPoolUserData.ExitKind.BPT_IN_FOR_EXACT_TOKENS_OUT) {
            return _exitBPTInForExactTokensOut(balances, normalizedWeights, scalingFactors, userData);
        } else {
            _revert(Errors.UNHANDLED_EXIT_KIND);
        }
    }

    function _exitExactBPTInForTokenOut(
        uint256[] memory balances,
        uint256[] memory normalizedWeights,
        bytes memory userData
    ) private whenNotPaused returns (uint256, uint256[] memory) {
        // This exit function is disabled if the contract is paused.

        (uint256 bptAmountIn, uint256 tokenIndex) = userData.exactBptInForTokenOut();
        // Note that there is no minimum amountOut parameter: this is handled by `IVault.exitPool`.

        _require(tokenIndex < _getTotalTokens(), Errors.OUT_OF_BOUNDS);

        (uint256 amountOut, uint256 swapFee) = WeightedMath._calcTokenOutGivenExactBptIn(
            balances[tokenIndex],
            normalizedWeights[tokenIndex],
            bptAmountIn,
            totalSupply(),
            getSwapFeePercentage()
        );

        // This is an exceptional situation in which the fee is charged on a token out instead of a token in.
        // Note that swapFee is already upscaled.
        _processSwapFeeAmount(tokenIndex, swapFee);

        // We exit in a single token, so we initialize amountsOut with zeros
        uint256[] memory amountsOut = new uint256[](_getTotalTokens());
        // And then assign the result to the selected token
        amountsOut[tokenIndex] = amountOut;

        return (bptAmountIn, amountsOut);
    }

    function _exitExactBPTInForTokensOut(uint256[] memory balances, bytes memory userData)
        private
        view
        returns (uint256, uint256[] memory)
    {
        // This exit function is the only one that is not disabled if the contract is paused: it remains unrestricted
        // in an attempt to provide users with a mechanism to retrieve their tokens in case of an emergency.
        // This particular exit function is the only one that remains available because it is the simplest one, and
        // therefore the one with the lowest likelihood of errors.

        uint256 bptAmountIn = userData.exactBptInForTokensOut();
        // Note that there is no minimum amountOut parameter: this is handled by `IVault.exitPool`.

        uint256[] memory amountsOut = WeightedMath._calcTokensOutGivenExactBptIn(balances, bptAmountIn, totalSupply());
        return (bptAmountIn, amountsOut);
    }

    function _exitBPTInForExactTokensOut(
        uint256[] memory balances,
        uint256[] memory normalizedWeights,
        uint256[] memory scalingFactors,
        bytes memory userData
    ) private whenNotPaused returns (uint256, uint256[] memory) {
        // This exit function is disabled if the contract is paused.

        (uint256[] memory amountsOut, uint256 maxBPTAmountIn) = userData.bptInForExactTokensOut();
        InputHelpers.ensureInputLengthMatch(amountsOut.length, _getTotalTokens());
        _upscaleArray(amountsOut, scalingFactors);

        (uint256 bptAmountIn, uint256[] memory swapFees) = WeightedMath._calcBptInGivenExactTokensOut(
            balances,
            normalizedWeights,
            amountsOut,
            totalSupply(),
            getSwapFeePercentage()
        );
        _require(bptAmountIn <= maxBPTAmountIn, Errors.BPT_IN_MAX_AMOUNT);

        // This is an exceptional situation in which the fee is charged on a token out instead of a token in.
        // Note that swapFee is already upscaled.
        _processSwapFeeAmounts(swapFees);

        return (bptAmountIn, amountsOut);
    }

    // Helpers

    function _getDueProtocolFeeAmounts(
        uint256[] memory balances,
        uint256[] memory normalizedWeights,
        uint256 maxWeightTokenIndex,
        uint256 previousInvariant,
        uint256 currentInvariant,
        uint256 protocolSwapFeePercentage
    ) internal view returns (uint256[] memory) {
        // Initialize with zeros
        uint256[] memory dueProtocolFeeAmounts = new uint256[](_getTotalTokens());

        // Early return if the protocol swap fee percentage is zero, saving gas.
        if (protocolSwapFeePercentage == 0) {
            return dueProtocolFeeAmounts;
        }

        // The protocol swap fees are always paid using the token with the largest weight in the Pool. As this is the
        // token that is expected to have the largest balance, using it to pay fees should not unbalance the Pool.
        dueProtocolFeeAmounts[maxWeightTokenIndex] = WeightedMath._calcDueTokenProtocolSwapFeeAmount(
            balances[maxWeightTokenIndex],
            normalizedWeights[maxWeightTokenIndex],
            previousInvariant,
            currentInvariant,
            protocolSwapFeePercentage
        );

        return dueProtocolFeeAmounts;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the value of the invariant given `balances`, assuming they are increased by `amountsIn`. All
     * amounts are expected to be upscaled.
     */
    function _invariantAfterJoin(
        uint256[] memory balances,
        uint256[] memory amountsIn,
        uint256[] memory normalizedWeights
    ) private view returns (uint256) {
        _mutateAmounts(balances, amountsIn, FixedPoint.add);
        return _calculateInvariant(normalizedWeights, balances);
    }

    function _invariantAfterExit(
        uint256[] memory balances,
        uint256[] memory amountsOut,
        uint256[] memory normalizedWeights
    ) internal view returns (uint256) {
        _mutateAmounts(balances, amountsOut, FixedPoint.sub);
        return _calculateInvariant(normalizedWeights, balances);
    }

    function _calculateInvariant(uint256[] memory normalizedWeights, uint256[] memory balances)
        internal
        view
        virtual
        returns (uint256)
    {
        return WeightedMath._calculateInvariant(normalizedWeights, balances);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Mutates `amounts` by applying `mutation` with each entry in `arguments`.
     *
     * Equivalent to `amounts = amounts.map(mutation)`.
     */
    function _mutateAmounts(
        uint256[] memory toMutate,
        uint256[] memory arguments,
        function(uint256, uint256) pure returns (uint256) mutation
    ) internal view {
        for (uint256 i; i < _getTotalTokens(); ++i) {
            toMutate[i] = mutation(toMutate[i], arguments[i]);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev This function returns the appreciation of one BPT relative to the
     * underlying tokens. This starts at 1 when the pool is created and grows over time
     */
    function getRate() public view returns (uint256) {
        // The initial BPT supply is equal to the invariant times the number of tokens.
        return Math.mul(getInvariant(), _getTotalTokens()).divDown(totalSupply());
    }
}

// File: contracts/WeightedPoolUserData.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
// (at your option) any later version.

// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.

// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

pragma solidity ^0.7.0;

import "@balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/openzeppelin/IERC20.sol";

library WeightedPoolUserData {
    // In order to preserve backwards compatibility, make sure new join and exit kinds are added at the end of the enum.
    enum JoinKind {
        INIT,
        EXACT_TOKENS_IN_FOR_BPT_OUT,
        TOKEN_IN_FOR_EXACT_BPT_OUT,
        ALL_TOKENS_IN_FOR_EXACT_BPT_OUT,
        PLACE_LONG_TERM_ORDER
    }
    enum ExitKind {
        EXACT_BPT_IN_FOR_ONE_TOKEN_OUT,
        EXACT_BPT_IN_FOR_TOKENS_OUT,
        BPT_IN_FOR_EXACT_TOKENS_OUT,
        MANAGEMENT_FEE_TOKENS_OUT, // for ManagedPool
        CANCEL_LONG_TERM_ORDER,
        WITHDRAW_LONG_TERM_ORDER
    }

    function joinKind(bytes memory self) internal pure returns (JoinKind) {
        return abi.decode(self, (JoinKind));
    }

    function exitKind(bytes memory self) internal pure returns (ExitKind) {
        return abi.decode(self, (ExitKind));
    }

    // Joins

    function initialAmountsIn(bytes memory self) internal pure returns (uint256[] memory amountsIn) {
        (, amountsIn) = abi.decode(self, (JoinKind, uint256[]));
    }

    function exactTokensInForBptOut(bytes memory self)
        internal
        pure
        returns (uint256[] memory amountsIn, uint256 minBPTAmountOut)
    {
        (, amountsIn, minBPTAmountOut) = abi.decode(self, (JoinKind, uint256[], uint256));
    }

    function tokenInForExactBptOut(bytes memory self) internal pure returns (uint256 bptAmountOut, uint256 tokenIndex) {
        (, bptAmountOut, tokenIndex) = abi.decode(self, (JoinKind, uint256, uint256));
    }

    function allTokensInForExactBptOut(bytes memory self) internal pure returns (uint256 bptAmountOut) {
        (, bptAmountOut) = abi.decode(self, (JoinKind, uint256));
    }

    function placeLongTermOrder(bytes memory self)
        internal
        pure
        returns (
            uint256 tokenInIndex,
            uint256 tokenOutIndex,
            uint256 amountIn,
            uint256 numberOfBlockIntervals
        )
    {
        (, tokenInIndex, tokenOutIndex, amountIn, numberOfBlockIntervals) = abi.decode(
            self,
            (JoinKind, uint256, uint256, uint256, uint256)
        );
    }

    // Exits

    function exactBptInForTokenOut(bytes memory self) internal pure returns (uint256 bptAmountIn, uint256 tokenIndex) {
        (, bptAmountIn, tokenIndex) = abi.decode(self, (ExitKind, uint256, uint256));
    }

    function exactBptInForTokensOut(bytes memory self) internal pure returns (uint256 bptAmountIn) {
        (, bptAmountIn) = abi.decode(self, (ExitKind, uint256));
    }

    function bptInForExactTokensOut(bytes memory self)
        internal
        pure
        returns (uint256[] memory amountsOut, uint256 maxBPTAmountIn)
    {
        (, amountsOut, maxBPTAmountIn) = abi.decode(self, (ExitKind, uint256[], uint256));
    }

    function cancelLongTermOrder(bytes memory self) internal pure returns (uint256 orderId) {
        (, orderId) = abi.decode(self, (ExitKind, uint256));
    }

    function withdrawLongTermOrder(bytes memory self) internal pure returns (uint256 orderId) {
        (, orderId) = abi.decode(self, (ExitKind, uint256));
    }
}

// File: contracts/WeightedMath.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
// (at your option) any later version.

// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.

// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

pragma solidity ^0.7.0;

import "@balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/math/FixedPoint.sol";
import "@balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/math/Math.sol";
import "@balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/helpers/InputHelpers.sol";

// These functions start with an underscore, as if they were part of a contract and not a library. At some point this
// should be fixed.
// solhint-disable private-vars-leading-underscore

library WeightedMath {
    using FixedPoint for uint256;
    // A minimum normalized weight imposes a maximum weight ratio. We need this due to limitations in the
    // implementation of the power function, as these ratios are often exponents.
    uint256 internal constant _MIN_WEIGHT = 0.01e18;
    // Having a minimum normalized weight imposes a limit on the maximum number of tokens;
    // i.e., the largest possible pool is one where all tokens have exactly the minimum weight.
    uint256 internal constant _MAX_WEIGHTED_TOKENS = 100;

    // Pool limits that arise from limitations in the fixed point power function (and the imposed 1:100 maximum weight
    // ratio).

    // Swap limits: amounts swapped may not be larger than this percentage of total balance.
    uint256 internal constant _MAX_IN_RATIO = 0.3e18;
    uint256 internal constant _MAX_OUT_RATIO = 0.3e18;

    // Invariant growth limit: non-proportional joins cannot cause the invariant to increase by more than this ratio.
    uint256 internal constant _MAX_INVARIANT_RATIO = 3e18;
    // Invariant shrink limit: non-proportional exits cannot cause the invariant to decrease by less than this ratio.
    uint256 internal constant _MIN_INVARIANT_RATIO = 0.7e18;

    // About swap fees on joins and exits:
    // Any join or exit that is not perfectly balanced (e.g. all single token joins or exits) is mathematically
    // equivalent to a perfectly balanced join or  exit followed by a series of swaps. Since these swaps would charge
    // swap fees, it follows that (some) joins and exits should as well.
    // On these operations, we split the token amounts in 'taxable' and 'non-taxable' portions, where the 'taxable' part
    // is the one to which swap fees are applied.

    // Invariant is used to collect protocol swap fees by comparing its value between two times.
    // So we can round always to the same direction. It is also used to initiate the BPT amount
    // and, because there is a minimum BPT, we round down the invariant.
    function _calculateInvariant(uint256[] memory normalizedWeights, uint256[] memory balances)
        internal
        pure
        returns (uint256 invariant)
    {
        /**********************************************************************************************
        // invariant               _____                                                             //
        // wi = weight index i      | |      wi                                                      //
        // bi = balance index i     | |  bi ^   = i                                                  //
        // i = invariant                                                                             //
        **********************************************************************************************/

        invariant = FixedPoint.ONE;
        for (uint256 i; i < normalizedWeights.length; ++i) {
            invariant = invariant.mulDown(balances[i].powDown(normalizedWeights[i]));
        }

        _require(invariant > 0, Errors.ZERO_INVARIANT);
    }

    // Computes how many tokens can be taken out of a pool if `amountIn` are sent, given the
    // current balances and weights.
    function _calcOutGivenIn(
        uint256 balanceIn,
        uint256 weightIn,
        uint256 balanceOut,
        uint256 weightOut,
        uint256 amountIn
    ) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        /**********************************************************************************************
        // outGivenIn                                                                                //
        // aO = amountOut                                                                            //
        // bO = balanceOut                                                                           //
        // bI = balanceIn              /      /            bI             \    (wI / wO) \           //
        // aI = amountIn    aO = bO * |  1 - | --------------------------  | ^            |          //
        // wI = weightIn               \      \       ( bI + aI )         /              /           //
        // wO = weightOut                                                                            //
        **********************************************************************************************/

        // Amount out, so we round down overall.

        // The multiplication rounds down, and the subtrahend (power) rounds up (so the base rounds up too).
        // Because bI / (bI + aI) <= 1, the exponent rounds down.

        // Cannot exceed maximum in ratio
        _require(amountIn <= balanceIn.mulDown(_MAX_IN_RATIO), Errors.MAX_IN_RATIO);

        uint256 denominator = balanceIn.add(amountIn);
        uint256 base = balanceIn.divUp(denominator);
        uint256 exponent = weightIn.divDown(weightOut);
        uint256 power = base.powUp(exponent);

        return balanceOut.mulDown(power.complement());
    }

    // Computes how many tokens must be sent to a pool in order to take `amountOut`, given the
    // current balances and weights.
    function _calcInGivenOut(
        uint256 balanceIn,
        uint256 weightIn,
        uint256 balanceOut,
        uint256 weightOut,
        uint256 amountOut
    ) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        /**********************************************************************************************
        // inGivenOut                                                                                //
        // aO = amountOut                                                                            //
        // bO = balanceOut                                                                           //
        // bI = balanceIn              /  /            bO             \    (wO / wI)      \          //
        // aI = amountIn    aI = bI * |  | --------------------------  | ^            - 1  |         //
        // wI = weightIn               \  \       ( bO - aO )         /                   /          //
        // wO = weightOut                                                                            //
        **********************************************************************************************/

        // Amount in, so we round up overall.

        // The multiplication rounds up, and the power rounds up (so the base rounds up too).
        // Because b0 / (b0 - a0) >= 1, the exponent rounds up.

        // Cannot exceed maximum out ratio
        _require(amountOut <= balanceOut.mulDown(_MAX_OUT_RATIO), Errors.MAX_OUT_RATIO);

        uint256 base = balanceOut.divUp(balanceOut.sub(amountOut));
        uint256 exponent = weightOut.divUp(weightIn);
        uint256 power = base.powUp(exponent);

        // Because the base is larger than one (and the power rounds up), the power should always be larger than one, so
        // the following subtraction should never revert.
        uint256 ratio = power.sub(FixedPoint.ONE);

        return balanceIn.mulUp(ratio);
    }

    function _calcBptOutGivenExactTokensIn(
        uint256[] memory balances,
        uint256[] memory normalizedWeights,
        uint256[] memory amountsIn,
        uint256 bptTotalSupply,
        uint256 swapFeePercentage
    ) internal pure returns (uint256, uint256[] memory) {
        // BPT out, so we round down overall.

        uint256[] memory balanceRatiosWithFee = new uint256[](amountsIn.length);

        uint256 invariantRatioWithFees;
        for (uint256 i; i < balances.length; ++i) {
            balanceRatiosWithFee[i] = balances[i].add(amountsIn[i]).divDown(balances[i]);
            invariantRatioWithFees = invariantRatioWithFees.add(balanceRatiosWithFee[i].mulDown(normalizedWeights[i]));
        }

        (uint256 invariantRatio, uint256[] memory swapFees) = _computeJoinExactTokensInInvariantRatio(
            balances,
            normalizedWeights,
            amountsIn,
            balanceRatiosWithFee,
            invariantRatioWithFees,
            swapFeePercentage
        );

        uint256 bptOut = (invariantRatio > FixedPoint.ONE)
            ? bptTotalSupply.mulDown(invariantRatio.sub(FixedPoint.ONE))
            : 0;
        return (bptOut, swapFees);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Intermediate function to avoid stack-too-deep errors.
     */
    function _computeJoinExactTokensInInvariantRatio(
        uint256[] memory balances,
        uint256[] memory normalizedWeights,
        uint256[] memory amountsIn,
        uint256[] memory balanceRatiosWithFee,
        uint256 invariantRatioWithFees,
        uint256 swapFeePercentage
    ) private pure returns (uint256 invariantRatio, uint256[] memory swapFees) {
        // Swap fees are charged on all tokens that are being added in a larger proportion than the overall invariant
        // increase.
        swapFees = new uint256[](amountsIn.length);
        invariantRatio = FixedPoint.ONE;

        for (uint256 i; i < balances.length; ++i) {
            uint256 amountInWithoutFee;

            if (balanceRatiosWithFee[i] > invariantRatioWithFees) {
                uint256 nonTaxableAmount = balances[i].mulDown(invariantRatioWithFees.sub(FixedPoint.ONE));
                uint256 taxableAmount = amountsIn[i].sub(nonTaxableAmount);
                uint256 swapFee = taxableAmount.mulUp(swapFeePercentage);

                amountInWithoutFee = nonTaxableAmount.add(taxableAmount.sub(swapFee));
                swapFees[i] = swapFee;
            } else {
                amountInWithoutFee = amountsIn[i];
            }

            uint256 balanceRatio = balances[i].add(amountInWithoutFee).divDown(balances[i]);

            invariantRatio = invariantRatio.mulDown(balanceRatio.powDown(normalizedWeights[i]));
        }
    }

    function _calcTokenInGivenExactBptOut(
        uint256 balance,
        uint256 normalizedWeight,
        uint256 bptAmountOut,
        uint256 bptTotalSupply,
        uint256 swapFeePercentage
    ) internal pure returns (uint256 amountIn, uint256 swapFee) {
        /******************************************************************************************
        // tokenInForExactBPTOut                                                                 //
        // a = amountIn                                                                          //
        // b = balance                      /  /    totalBPT + bptOut      \    (1 / w)       \  //
        // bptOut = bptAmountOut   a = b * |  | --------------------------  | ^          - 1  |  //
        // bpt = totalBPT                   \  \       totalBPT            /                  /  //
        // w = weight                                                                            //
        ******************************************************************************************/

        // Token in, so we round up overall.

        // Calculate the factor by which the invariant will increase after minting BPTAmountOut
        uint256 invariantRatio = bptTotalSupply.add(bptAmountOut).divUp(bptTotalSupply);
        _require(invariantRatio <= _MAX_INVARIANT_RATIO, Errors.MAX_OUT_BPT_FOR_TOKEN_IN);

        // Calculate by how much the token balance has to increase to match the invariantRatio
        uint256 balanceRatio = invariantRatio.powUp(FixedPoint.ONE.divUp(normalizedWeight));

        uint256 amountInWithoutFee = balance.mulUp(balanceRatio.sub(FixedPoint.ONE));

        // We can now compute how much extra balance is being deposited and used in virtual swaps, and charge swap fees
        // accordingly.
        uint256 taxablePercentage = normalizedWeight.complement();
        uint256 taxableAmount = amountInWithoutFee.mulUp(taxablePercentage);
        uint256 nonTaxableAmount = amountInWithoutFee.sub(taxableAmount);

        uint256 taxableAmountPlusFees = taxableAmount.divUp(FixedPoint.ONE.sub(swapFeePercentage));

        swapFee = taxableAmountPlusFees - taxableAmount;
        amountIn = nonTaxableAmount.add(taxableAmountPlusFees);
    }

    function _calcAllTokensInGivenExactBptOut(
        uint256[] memory balances,
        uint256 bptAmountOut,
        uint256 totalBPT
    ) internal pure returns (uint256[] memory) {
        /************************************************************************************
        // tokensInForExactBptOut                                                          //
        // (per token)                                                                     //
        // aI = amountIn                   /   bptOut   \                                  //
        // b = balance           aI = b * | ------------ |                                 //
        // bptOut = bptAmountOut           \  totalBPT  /                                  //
        // bpt = totalBPT                                                                  //
        ************************************************************************************/

        // Tokens in, so we round up overall.
        uint256 bptRatio = bptAmountOut.divUp(totalBPT);

        uint256[] memory amountsIn = new uint256[](balances.length);
        for (uint256 i; i < balances.length; ++i) {
            amountsIn[i] = balances[i].mulUp(bptRatio);
        }

        return amountsIn;
    }

    function _calcBptInGivenExactTokensOut(
        uint256[] memory balances,
        uint256[] memory normalizedWeights,
        uint256[] memory amountsOut,
        uint256 bptTotalSupply,
        uint256 swapFeePercentage
    ) internal pure returns (uint256, uint256[] memory) {
        // BPT in, so we round up overall.

        uint256[] memory balanceRatiosWithoutFee = new uint256[](amountsOut.length);
        uint256 invariantRatioWithoutFees;
        for (uint256 i; i < balances.length; ++i) {
            balanceRatiosWithoutFee[i] = balances[i].sub(amountsOut[i]).divUp(balances[i]);
            invariantRatioWithoutFees = invariantRatioWithoutFees.add(
                balanceRatiosWithoutFee[i].mulUp(normalizedWeights[i])
            );
        }

        (uint256 invariantRatio, uint256[] memory swapFees) = _computeExitExactTokensOutInvariantRatio(
            balances,
            normalizedWeights,
            amountsOut,
            balanceRatiosWithoutFee,
            invariantRatioWithoutFees,
            swapFeePercentage
        );

        uint256 bptIn = bptTotalSupply.mulUp(invariantRatio.complement());
        return (bptIn, swapFees);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Intermediate function to avoid stack-too-deep errors.
     */
    function _computeExitExactTokensOutInvariantRatio(
        uint256[] memory balances,
        uint256[] memory normalizedWeights,
        uint256[] memory amountsOut,
        uint256[] memory balanceRatiosWithoutFee,
        uint256 invariantRatioWithoutFees,
        uint256 swapFeePercentage
    ) private pure returns (uint256 invariantRatio, uint256[] memory swapFees) {
        swapFees = new uint256[](amountsOut.length);
        invariantRatio = FixedPoint.ONE;

        for (uint256 i; i < balances.length; ++i) {
            // Swap fees are typically charged on 'token in', but there is no 'token in' here, so we apply it to
            // 'token out'. This results in slightly larger price impact.

            uint256 amountOutWithFee;
            if (invariantRatioWithoutFees > balanceRatiosWithoutFee[i]) {
                uint256 nonTaxableAmount = balances[i].mulDown(invariantRatioWithoutFees.complement());
                uint256 taxableAmount = amountsOut[i].sub(nonTaxableAmount);
                uint256 taxableAmountPlusFees = taxableAmount.divUp(FixedPoint.ONE.sub(swapFeePercentage));

                swapFees[i] = taxableAmountPlusFees - taxableAmount;
                amountOutWithFee = nonTaxableAmount.add(taxableAmountPlusFees);
            } else {
                amountOutWithFee = amountsOut[i];
            }

            uint256 balanceRatio = balances[i].sub(amountOutWithFee).divDown(balances[i]);

            invariantRatio = invariantRatio.mulDown(balanceRatio.powDown(normalizedWeights[i]));
        }
    }

    function _calcTokenOutGivenExactBptIn(
        uint256 balance,
        uint256 normalizedWeight,
        uint256 bptAmountIn,
        uint256 bptTotalSupply,
        uint256 swapFeePercentage
    ) internal pure returns (uint256 amountOut, uint256 swapFee) {
        /*****************************************************************************************
        // exactBPTInForTokenOut                                                                //
        // a = amountOut                                                                        //
        // b = balance                     /      /    totalBPT - bptIn       \    (1 / w)  \   //
        // bptIn = bptAmountIn    a = b * |  1 - | --------------------------  | ^           |  //
        // bpt = totalBPT                  \      \       totalBPT            /             /   //
        // w = weight                                                                           //
        *****************************************************************************************/

        // Token out, so we round down overall. The multiplication rounds down, but the power rounds up (so the base
        // rounds up). Because (totalBPT - bptIn) / totalBPT <= 1, the exponent rounds down.

        // Calculate the factor by which the invariant will decrease after burning BPTAmountIn
        uint256 invariantRatio = bptTotalSupply.sub(bptAmountIn).divUp(bptTotalSupply);
        _require(invariantRatio >= _MIN_INVARIANT_RATIO, Errors.MIN_BPT_IN_FOR_TOKEN_OUT);

        // Calculate by how much the token balance has to decrease to match invariantRatio
        uint256 balanceRatio = invariantRatio.powUp(FixedPoint.ONE.divDown(normalizedWeight));

        // Because of rounding up, balanceRatio can be greater than one. Using complement prevents reverts.
        uint256 amountOutWithoutFee = balance.mulDown(balanceRatio.complement());

        // We can now compute how much excess balance is being withdrawn as a result of the virtual swaps, which result
        // in swap fees.
        uint256 taxablePercentage = normalizedWeight.complement();

        // Swap fees are typically charged on 'token in', but there is no 'token in' here, so we apply it
        // to 'token out'. This results in slightly larger price impact. Fees are rounded up.
        uint256 taxableAmount = amountOutWithoutFee.mulUp(taxablePercentage);
        uint256 nonTaxableAmount = amountOutWithoutFee.sub(taxableAmount);

        swapFee = taxableAmount.mulUp(swapFeePercentage);
        amountOut = nonTaxableAmount.add(taxableAmount.sub(swapFee));
    }

    function _calcTokensOutGivenExactBptIn(
        uint256[] memory balances,
        uint256 bptAmountIn,
        uint256 totalBPT
    ) internal pure returns (uint256[] memory) {
        /**********************************************************************************************
        // exactBPTInForTokensOut                                                                    //
        // (per token)                                                                               //
        // aO = amountOut                  /        bptIn         \                                  //
        // b = balance           a0 = b * | ---------------------  |                                 //
        // bptIn = bptAmountIn             \       totalBPT       /                                  //
        // bpt = totalBPT                                                                            //
        **********************************************************************************************/

        // Since we're computing an amount out, we round down overall. This means rounding down on both the
        // multiplication and division.

        uint256 bptRatio = bptAmountIn.divDown(totalBPT);

        uint256[] memory amountsOut = new uint256[](balances.length);
        for (uint256 i; i < balances.length; ++i) {
            amountsOut[i] = balances[i].mulDown(bptRatio);
        }

        return amountsOut;
    }

    function _calcDueTokenProtocolSwapFeeAmount(
        uint256 balance,
        uint256 normalizedWeight,
        uint256 previousInvariant,
        uint256 currentInvariant,
        uint256 protocolSwapFeePercentage
    ) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        /*********************************************************************************
        /*  protocolSwapFeePercentage * balanceToken * ( 1 - (previousInvariant / currentInvariant) ^ (1 / weightToken))
        *********************************************************************************/

        if (currentInvariant <= previousInvariant) {
            // This shouldn't happen outside of rounding errors, but have this safeguard nonetheless to prevent the Pool
            // from entering a locked state in which joins and exits revert while computing accumulated swap fees.
            return 0;
        }

        // We round down to prevent issues in the Pool's accounting, even if it means paying slightly less in protocol
        // fees to the Vault.

        // Fee percentage and balance multiplications round down, while the subtrahend (power) rounds up (as does the
        // base). Because previousInvariant / currentInvariant <= 1, the exponent rounds down.

        uint256 base = previousInvariant.divUp(currentInvariant);
        uint256 exponent = FixedPoint.ONE.divDown(normalizedWeight);

        // Because the exponent is larger than one, the base of the power function has a lower bound. We cap to this
        // value to avoid numeric issues, which means in the extreme case (where the invariant growth is larger than
        // 1 / min exponent) the Pool will pay less in protocol fees than it should.
        base = Math.max(base, FixedPoint.MIN_POW_BASE_FREE_EXPONENT);

        uint256 power = base.powUp(exponent);

        uint256 tokenAccruedFees = balance.mulDown(power.complement());
        return tokenAccruedFees.mulDown(protocolSwapFeePercentage);
    }
}

// File: hardhat/console.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
pragma solidity >= 0.4.22 <0.9.0;

library console {
	address constant CONSOLE_ADDRESS = address(0x000000000000000000636F6e736F6c652e6c6f67);

	function _sendLogPayload(bytes memory payload) private view {
		uint256 payloadLength = payload.length;
		address consoleAddress = CONSOLE_ADDRESS;
		assembly {
			let payloadStart := add(payload, 32)
			let r := staticcall(gas(), consoleAddress, payloadStart, payloadLength, 0, 0)
		}
	}

	function log() internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log()"));
	}

	function logInt(int256 p0) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(int256)", p0));
	}

	function logUint(uint256 p0) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256)", p0));
	}

	function logString(string memory p0) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string)", p0));
	}

	function logBool(bool p0) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool)", p0));
	}

	function logAddress(address p0) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address)", p0));
	}

	function logBytes(bytes memory p0) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bytes)", p0));
	}

	function logBytes1(bytes1 p0) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bytes1)", p0));
	}

	function logBytes2(bytes2 p0) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bytes2)", p0));
	}

	function logBytes3(bytes3 p0) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bytes3)", p0));
	}

	function logBytes4(bytes4 p0) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bytes4)", p0));
	}

	function logBytes5(bytes5 p0) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bytes5)", p0));
	}

	function logBytes6(bytes6 p0) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bytes6)", p0));
	}

	function logBytes7(bytes7 p0) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bytes7)", p0));
	}

	function logBytes8(bytes8 p0) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bytes8)", p0));
	}

	function logBytes9(bytes9 p0) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bytes9)", p0));
	}

	function logBytes10(bytes10 p0) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bytes10)", p0));
	}

	function logBytes11(bytes11 p0) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bytes11)", p0));
	}

	function logBytes12(bytes12 p0) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bytes12)", p0));
	}

	function logBytes13(bytes13 p0) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bytes13)", p0));
	}

	function logBytes14(bytes14 p0) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bytes14)", p0));
	}

	function logBytes15(bytes15 p0) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bytes15)", p0));
	}

	function logBytes16(bytes16 p0) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bytes16)", p0));
	}

	function logBytes17(bytes17 p0) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bytes17)", p0));
	}

	function logBytes18(bytes18 p0) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bytes18)", p0));
	}

	function logBytes19(bytes19 p0) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bytes19)", p0));
	}

	function logBytes20(bytes20 p0) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bytes20)", p0));
	}

	function logBytes21(bytes21 p0) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bytes21)", p0));
	}

	function logBytes22(bytes22 p0) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bytes22)", p0));
	}

	function logBytes23(bytes23 p0) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bytes23)", p0));
	}

	function logBytes24(bytes24 p0) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bytes24)", p0));
	}

	function logBytes25(bytes25 p0) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bytes25)", p0));
	}

	function logBytes26(bytes26 p0) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bytes26)", p0));
	}

	function logBytes27(bytes27 p0) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bytes27)", p0));
	}

	function logBytes28(bytes28 p0) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bytes28)", p0));
	}

	function logBytes29(bytes29 p0) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bytes29)", p0));
	}

	function logBytes30(bytes30 p0) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bytes30)", p0));
	}

	function logBytes31(bytes31 p0) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bytes31)", p0));
	}

	function logBytes32(bytes32 p0) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bytes32)", p0));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256)", p0));
	}

	function log(string memory p0) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string)", p0));
	}

	function log(bool p0) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool)", p0));
	}

	function log(address p0) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address)", p0));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, uint256 p1) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,uint256)", p0, p1));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, string memory p1) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,string)", p0, p1));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, bool p1) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,bool)", p0, p1));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, address p1) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,address)", p0, p1));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, uint256 p1) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,uint256)", p0, p1));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, string memory p1) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,string)", p0, p1));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, bool p1) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,bool)", p0, p1));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, address p1) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,address)", p0, p1));
	}

	function log(bool p0, uint256 p1) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,uint256)", p0, p1));
	}

	function log(bool p0, string memory p1) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,string)", p0, p1));
	}

	function log(bool p0, bool p1) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,bool)", p0, p1));
	}

	function log(bool p0, address p1) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,address)", p0, p1));
	}

	function log(address p0, uint256 p1) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,uint256)", p0, p1));
	}

	function log(address p0, string memory p1) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,string)", p0, p1));
	}

	function log(address p0, bool p1) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,bool)", p0, p1));
	}

	function log(address p0, address p1) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,address)", p0, p1));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, uint256 p1, uint256 p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,uint256,uint256)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, uint256 p1, string memory p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,uint256,string)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, uint256 p1, bool p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,uint256,bool)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, uint256 p1, address p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,uint256,address)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, string memory p1, uint256 p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,string,uint256)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, string memory p1, string memory p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,string,string)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, string memory p1, bool p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,string,bool)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, string memory p1, address p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,string,address)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, bool p1, uint256 p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,bool,uint256)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, bool p1, string memory p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,bool,string)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, bool p1, bool p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,bool,bool)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, bool p1, address p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,bool,address)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, address p1, uint256 p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,address,uint256)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, address p1, string memory p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,address,string)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, address p1, bool p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,address,bool)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, address p1, address p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,address,address)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, uint256 p1, uint256 p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,uint256,uint256)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, uint256 p1, string memory p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,uint256,string)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, uint256 p1, bool p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,uint256,bool)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, uint256 p1, address p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,uint256,address)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, string memory p1, uint256 p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,string,uint256)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, string memory p1, string memory p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,string,string)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, string memory p1, bool p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,string,bool)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, string memory p1, address p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,string,address)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, bool p1, uint256 p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,bool,uint256)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, bool p1, string memory p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,bool,string)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, bool p1, bool p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,bool,bool)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, bool p1, address p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,bool,address)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, address p1, uint256 p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,address,uint256)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, address p1, string memory p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,address,string)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, address p1, bool p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,address,bool)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, address p1, address p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,address,address)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(bool p0, uint256 p1, uint256 p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,uint256,uint256)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(bool p0, uint256 p1, string memory p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,uint256,string)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(bool p0, uint256 p1, bool p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,uint256,bool)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(bool p0, uint256 p1, address p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,uint256,address)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(bool p0, string memory p1, uint256 p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,string,uint256)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(bool p0, string memory p1, string memory p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,string,string)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(bool p0, string memory p1, bool p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,string,bool)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(bool p0, string memory p1, address p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,string,address)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(bool p0, bool p1, uint256 p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,bool,uint256)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(bool p0, bool p1, string memory p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,bool,string)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(bool p0, bool p1, bool p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,bool,bool)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(bool p0, bool p1, address p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,bool,address)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(bool p0, address p1, uint256 p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,address,uint256)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(bool p0, address p1, string memory p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,address,string)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(bool p0, address p1, bool p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,address,bool)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(bool p0, address p1, address p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,address,address)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(address p0, uint256 p1, uint256 p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,uint256,uint256)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(address p0, uint256 p1, string memory p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,uint256,string)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(address p0, uint256 p1, bool p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,uint256,bool)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(address p0, uint256 p1, address p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,uint256,address)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(address p0, string memory p1, uint256 p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,string,uint256)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(address p0, string memory p1, string memory p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,string,string)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(address p0, string memory p1, bool p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,string,bool)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(address p0, string memory p1, address p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,string,address)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(address p0, bool p1, uint256 p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,bool,uint256)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(address p0, bool p1, string memory p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,bool,string)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(address p0, bool p1, bool p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,bool,bool)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(address p0, bool p1, address p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,bool,address)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(address p0, address p1, uint256 p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,address,uint256)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(address p0, address p1, string memory p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,address,string)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(address p0, address p1, bool p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,address,bool)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(address p0, address p1, address p2) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,address,address)", p0, p1, p2));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, uint256 p1, uint256 p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,uint256,uint256,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, uint256 p1, uint256 p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,uint256,uint256,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, uint256 p1, uint256 p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,uint256,uint256,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, uint256 p1, uint256 p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,uint256,uint256,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, uint256 p1, string memory p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,uint256,string,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, uint256 p1, string memory p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,uint256,string,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, uint256 p1, string memory p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,uint256,string,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, uint256 p1, string memory p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,uint256,string,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, uint256 p1, bool p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,uint256,bool,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, uint256 p1, bool p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,uint256,bool,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, uint256 p1, bool p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,uint256,bool,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, uint256 p1, bool p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,uint256,bool,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, uint256 p1, address p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,uint256,address,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, uint256 p1, address p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,uint256,address,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, uint256 p1, address p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,uint256,address,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, uint256 p1, address p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,uint256,address,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, string memory p1, uint256 p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,string,uint256,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, string memory p1, uint256 p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,string,uint256,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, string memory p1, uint256 p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,string,uint256,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, string memory p1, uint256 p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,string,uint256,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, string memory p1, string memory p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,string,string,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, string memory p1, string memory p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,string,string,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, string memory p1, string memory p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,string,string,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, string memory p1, string memory p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,string,string,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, string memory p1, bool p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,string,bool,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, string memory p1, bool p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,string,bool,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, string memory p1, bool p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,string,bool,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, string memory p1, bool p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,string,bool,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, string memory p1, address p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,string,address,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, string memory p1, address p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,string,address,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, string memory p1, address p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,string,address,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, string memory p1, address p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,string,address,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, bool p1, uint256 p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,bool,uint256,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, bool p1, uint256 p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,bool,uint256,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, bool p1, uint256 p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,bool,uint256,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, bool p1, uint256 p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,bool,uint256,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, bool p1, string memory p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,bool,string,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, bool p1, string memory p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,bool,string,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, bool p1, string memory p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,bool,string,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, bool p1, string memory p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,bool,string,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, bool p1, bool p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,bool,bool,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, bool p1, bool p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,bool,bool,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, bool p1, bool p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,bool,bool,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, bool p1, bool p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,bool,bool,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, bool p1, address p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,bool,address,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, bool p1, address p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,bool,address,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, bool p1, address p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,bool,address,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, bool p1, address p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,bool,address,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, address p1, uint256 p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,address,uint256,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, address p1, uint256 p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,address,uint256,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, address p1, uint256 p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,address,uint256,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, address p1, uint256 p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,address,uint256,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, address p1, string memory p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,address,string,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, address p1, string memory p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,address,string,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, address p1, string memory p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,address,string,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, address p1, string memory p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,address,string,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, address p1, bool p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,address,bool,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, address p1, bool p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,address,bool,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, address p1, bool p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,address,bool,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, address p1, bool p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,address,bool,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, address p1, address p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,address,address,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, address p1, address p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,address,address,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, address p1, address p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,address,address,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(uint256 p0, address p1, address p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(uint256,address,address,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, uint256 p1, uint256 p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,uint256,uint256,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, uint256 p1, uint256 p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,uint256,uint256,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, uint256 p1, uint256 p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,uint256,uint256,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, uint256 p1, uint256 p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,uint256,uint256,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, uint256 p1, string memory p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,uint256,string,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, uint256 p1, string memory p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,uint256,string,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, uint256 p1, string memory p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,uint256,string,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, uint256 p1, string memory p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,uint256,string,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, uint256 p1, bool p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,uint256,bool,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, uint256 p1, bool p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,uint256,bool,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, uint256 p1, bool p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,uint256,bool,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, uint256 p1, bool p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,uint256,bool,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, uint256 p1, address p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,uint256,address,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, uint256 p1, address p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,uint256,address,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, uint256 p1, address p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,uint256,address,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, uint256 p1, address p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,uint256,address,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, string memory p1, uint256 p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,string,uint256,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, string memory p1, uint256 p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,string,uint256,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, string memory p1, uint256 p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,string,uint256,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, string memory p1, uint256 p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,string,uint256,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, string memory p1, string memory p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,string,string,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, string memory p1, string memory p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,string,string,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, string memory p1, string memory p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,string,string,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, string memory p1, string memory p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,string,string,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, string memory p1, bool p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,string,bool,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, string memory p1, bool p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,string,bool,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, string memory p1, bool p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,string,bool,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, string memory p1, bool p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,string,bool,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, string memory p1, address p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,string,address,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, string memory p1, address p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,string,address,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, string memory p1, address p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,string,address,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, string memory p1, address p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,string,address,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, bool p1, uint256 p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,bool,uint256,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, bool p1, uint256 p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,bool,uint256,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, bool p1, uint256 p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,bool,uint256,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, bool p1, uint256 p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,bool,uint256,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, bool p1, string memory p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,bool,string,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, bool p1, string memory p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,bool,string,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, bool p1, string memory p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,bool,string,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, bool p1, string memory p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,bool,string,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, bool p1, bool p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,bool,bool,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, bool p1, bool p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,bool,bool,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, bool p1, bool p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,bool,bool,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, bool p1, bool p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,bool,bool,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, bool p1, address p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,bool,address,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, bool p1, address p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,bool,address,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, bool p1, address p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,bool,address,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, bool p1, address p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,bool,address,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, address p1, uint256 p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,address,uint256,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, address p1, uint256 p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,address,uint256,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, address p1, uint256 p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,address,uint256,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, address p1, uint256 p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,address,uint256,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, address p1, string memory p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,address,string,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, address p1, string memory p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,address,string,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, address p1, string memory p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,address,string,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, address p1, string memory p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,address,string,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, address p1, bool p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,address,bool,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, address p1, bool p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,address,bool,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, address p1, bool p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,address,bool,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, address p1, bool p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,address,bool,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, address p1, address p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,address,address,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, address p1, address p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,address,address,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, address p1, address p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,address,address,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(string memory p0, address p1, address p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(string,address,address,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, uint256 p1, uint256 p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,uint256,uint256,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, uint256 p1, uint256 p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,uint256,uint256,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, uint256 p1, uint256 p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,uint256,uint256,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, uint256 p1, uint256 p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,uint256,uint256,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, uint256 p1, string memory p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,uint256,string,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, uint256 p1, string memory p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,uint256,string,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, uint256 p1, string memory p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,uint256,string,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, uint256 p1, string memory p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,uint256,string,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, uint256 p1, bool p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,uint256,bool,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, uint256 p1, bool p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,uint256,bool,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, uint256 p1, bool p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,uint256,bool,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, uint256 p1, bool p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,uint256,bool,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, uint256 p1, address p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,uint256,address,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, uint256 p1, address p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,uint256,address,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, uint256 p1, address p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,uint256,address,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, uint256 p1, address p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,uint256,address,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, string memory p1, uint256 p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,string,uint256,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, string memory p1, uint256 p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,string,uint256,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, string memory p1, uint256 p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,string,uint256,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, string memory p1, uint256 p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,string,uint256,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, string memory p1, string memory p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,string,string,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, string memory p1, string memory p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,string,string,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, string memory p1, string memory p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,string,string,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, string memory p1, string memory p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,string,string,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, string memory p1, bool p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,string,bool,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, string memory p1, bool p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,string,bool,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, string memory p1, bool p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,string,bool,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, string memory p1, bool p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,string,bool,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, string memory p1, address p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,string,address,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, string memory p1, address p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,string,address,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, string memory p1, address p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,string,address,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, string memory p1, address p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,string,address,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, bool p1, uint256 p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,bool,uint256,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, bool p1, uint256 p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,bool,uint256,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, bool p1, uint256 p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,bool,uint256,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, bool p1, uint256 p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,bool,uint256,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, bool p1, string memory p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,bool,string,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, bool p1, string memory p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,bool,string,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, bool p1, string memory p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,bool,string,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, bool p1, string memory p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,bool,string,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, bool p1, bool p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,bool,bool,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, bool p1, bool p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,bool,bool,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, bool p1, bool p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,bool,bool,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, bool p1, bool p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,bool,bool,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, bool p1, address p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,bool,address,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, bool p1, address p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,bool,address,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, bool p1, address p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,bool,address,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, bool p1, address p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,bool,address,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, address p1, uint256 p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,address,uint256,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, address p1, uint256 p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,address,uint256,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, address p1, uint256 p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,address,uint256,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, address p1, uint256 p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,address,uint256,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, address p1, string memory p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,address,string,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, address p1, string memory p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,address,string,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, address p1, string memory p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,address,string,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, address p1, string memory p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,address,string,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, address p1, bool p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,address,bool,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, address p1, bool p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,address,bool,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, address p1, bool p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,address,bool,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, address p1, bool p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,address,bool,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, address p1, address p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,address,address,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, address p1, address p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,address,address,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, address p1, address p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,address,address,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(bool p0, address p1, address p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(bool,address,address,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, uint256 p1, uint256 p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,uint256,uint256,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, uint256 p1, uint256 p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,uint256,uint256,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, uint256 p1, uint256 p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,uint256,uint256,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, uint256 p1, uint256 p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,uint256,uint256,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, uint256 p1, string memory p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,uint256,string,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, uint256 p1, string memory p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,uint256,string,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, uint256 p1, string memory p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,uint256,string,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, uint256 p1, string memory p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,uint256,string,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, uint256 p1, bool p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,uint256,bool,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, uint256 p1, bool p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,uint256,bool,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, uint256 p1, bool p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,uint256,bool,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, uint256 p1, bool p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,uint256,bool,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, uint256 p1, address p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,uint256,address,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, uint256 p1, address p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,uint256,address,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, uint256 p1, address p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,uint256,address,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, uint256 p1, address p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,uint256,address,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, string memory p1, uint256 p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,string,uint256,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, string memory p1, uint256 p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,string,uint256,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, string memory p1, uint256 p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,string,uint256,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, string memory p1, uint256 p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,string,uint256,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, string memory p1, string memory p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,string,string,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, string memory p1, string memory p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,string,string,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, string memory p1, string memory p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,string,string,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, string memory p1, string memory p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,string,string,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, string memory p1, bool p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,string,bool,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, string memory p1, bool p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,string,bool,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, string memory p1, bool p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,string,bool,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, string memory p1, bool p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,string,bool,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, string memory p1, address p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,string,address,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, string memory p1, address p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,string,address,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, string memory p1, address p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,string,address,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, string memory p1, address p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,string,address,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, bool p1, uint256 p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,bool,uint256,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, bool p1, uint256 p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,bool,uint256,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, bool p1, uint256 p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,bool,uint256,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, bool p1, uint256 p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,bool,uint256,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, bool p1, string memory p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,bool,string,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, bool p1, string memory p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,bool,string,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, bool p1, string memory p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,bool,string,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, bool p1, string memory p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,bool,string,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, bool p1, bool p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,bool,bool,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, bool p1, bool p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,bool,bool,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, bool p1, bool p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,bool,bool,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, bool p1, bool p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,bool,bool,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, bool p1, address p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,bool,address,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, bool p1, address p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,bool,address,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, bool p1, address p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,bool,address,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, bool p1, address p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,bool,address,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, address p1, uint256 p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,address,uint256,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, address p1, uint256 p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,address,uint256,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, address p1, uint256 p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,address,uint256,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, address p1, uint256 p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,address,uint256,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, address p1, string memory p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,address,string,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, address p1, string memory p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,address,string,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, address p1, string memory p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,address,string,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, address p1, string memory p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,address,string,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, address p1, bool p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,address,bool,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, address p1, bool p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,address,bool,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, address p1, bool p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,address,bool,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, address p1, bool p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,address,bool,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, address p1, address p2, uint256 p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,address,address,uint256)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, address p1, address p2, string memory p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,address,address,string)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, address p1, address p2, bool p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,address,address,bool)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

	function log(address p0, address p1, address p2, address p3) internal view {
		_sendLogPayload(abi.encodeWithSignature("log(address,address,address,address)", p0, p1, p2, p3));
	}

}

// File: @balancer-labs/v2-pool-utils/contracts/LegacyBaseMinimalSwapInfoPool.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
// (at your option) any later version.

// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.

// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

pragma solidity ^0.7.0;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;

import "./LegacyBasePool.sol";
import "@balancer-labs/v2-vault/contracts/interfaces/IMinimalSwapInfoPool.sol";

/**
 * @dev Extension of `BasePool`, adding a handler for `IMinimalSwapInfoPool.onSwap`.
 *
 * Derived contracts must call `BasePool`'s constructor, and implement `_onSwapGivenIn` and `_onSwapGivenOut` along with
 * `BasePool`'s virtual functions. Inheriting from this contract lets derived contracts choose the Two Token or Minimal
 * Swap Info specialization settings.
 */
abstract contract LegacyBaseMinimalSwapInfoPool is IMinimalSwapInfoPool, LegacyBasePool {
    // Swap Hooks

    function onSwap(
        SwapRequest memory request,
        uint256 balanceTokenIn,
        uint256 balanceTokenOut
    ) public virtual override onlyVault(request.poolId) returns (uint256) {
        uint256 scalingFactorTokenIn = _scalingFactor(request.tokenIn);
        uint256 scalingFactorTokenOut = _scalingFactor(request.tokenOut);

        if (request.kind == IVault.SwapKind.GIVEN_IN) {
            // Fees are subtracted before scaling, to reduce the complexity of the rounding direction analysis.
            uint256 amountInMinusSwapFees = _subtractSwapFeeAmount(request.amount);

            // Process the (upscaled!) swap fee.
            uint256 swapFee = request.amount - amountInMinusSwapFees;
            _processSwapFeeAmount(request.tokenIn, _upscale(swapFee, scalingFactorTokenIn));

            request.amount = amountInMinusSwapFees;

            // All token amounts are upscaled.
            balanceTokenIn = _upscale(balanceTokenIn, scalingFactorTokenIn);
            balanceTokenOut = _upscale(balanceTokenOut, scalingFactorTokenOut);
            request.amount = _upscale(request.amount, scalingFactorTokenIn);

            uint256 amountOut = _onSwapGivenIn(request, balanceTokenIn, balanceTokenOut);

            // amountOut tokens are exiting the Pool, so we round down.
            return _downscaleDown(amountOut, scalingFactorTokenOut);
        } else {
            // All token amounts are upscaled.
            balanceTokenIn = _upscale(balanceTokenIn, scalingFactorTokenIn);
            balanceTokenOut = _upscale(balanceTokenOut, scalingFactorTokenOut);
            request.amount = _upscale(request.amount, scalingFactorTokenOut);

            uint256 amountIn = _onSwapGivenOut(request, balanceTokenIn, balanceTokenOut);

            // amountIn tokens are entering the Pool, so we round up.
            amountIn = _downscaleUp(amountIn, scalingFactorTokenIn);

            // Fees are added after scaling happens, to reduce the complexity of the rounding direction analysis.
            uint256 amountInPlusSwapFees = _addSwapFeeAmount(amountIn);

            // Process the (upscaled!) swap fee.
            uint256 swapFee = amountInPlusSwapFees - amountIn;
            _processSwapFeeAmount(request.tokenIn, _upscale(swapFee, scalingFactorTokenIn));

            return amountInPlusSwapFees;
        }
    }

    /*
     * @dev Called when a swap with the Pool occurs, where the amount of tokens entering the Pool is known.
     *
     * Returns the amount of tokens that will be taken from the Pool in return.
     *
     * All amounts inside `swapRequest`, `balanceTokenIn` and `balanceTokenOut` are upscaled. The swap fee has already
     * been deducted from `swapRequest.amount`.
     *
     * The return value is also considered upscaled, and will be downscaled (rounding down) before returning it to the
     * Vault.
     */
    function _onSwapGivenIn(
        SwapRequest memory swapRequest,
        uint256 balanceTokenIn,
        uint256 balanceTokenOut
    ) internal virtual returns (uint256);

    /*
     * @dev Called when a swap with the Pool occurs, where the amount of tokens exiting the Pool is known.
     *
     * Returns the amount of tokens that will be granted to the Pool in return.
     *
     * All amounts inside `swapRequest`, `balanceTokenIn` and `balanceTokenOut` are upscaled.
     *
     * The return value is also considered upscaled, and will be downscaled (rounding up) before applying the swap fee
     * and returning it to the Vault.
     */
    function _onSwapGivenOut(
        SwapRequest memory swapRequest,
        uint256 balanceTokenIn,
        uint256 balanceTokenOut
    ) internal virtual returns (uint256);

    /**
     * @dev Called whenever a swap fee is charged. Implementations should call their parents via super, to ensure all
     * implementations in the inheritance tree are called.
     *
     * Callers must call one of the three `_processSwapFeeAmount` functions when swap fees are computed,
     * and upscale `amount`.
     */
    function _processSwapFeeAmount(
        uint256, /*index*/
        uint256 /*amount*/
    ) internal virtual {
        // solhint-disable-previous-line no-empty-blocks
    }

    function _processSwapFeeAmount(IERC20 token, uint256 amount) internal {
        _processSwapFeeAmount(_tokenAddressToIndex(token), amount);
    }

    function _processSwapFeeAmounts(uint256[] memory amounts) internal {
        InputHelpers.ensureInputLengthMatch(amounts.length, _getTotalTokens());

        for (uint256 i = 0; i < _getTotalTokens(); ++i) {
            _processSwapFeeAmount(i, amounts[i]);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the index of `token` in the Pool's token array (i.e. the one `vault.getPoolTokens()` would return).
     *
     * A trivial (and incorrect!) implementation is already provided for Pools that don't override
     * `_processSwapFeeAmount` and skip the entire feature. However, Pools that do override `_processSwapFeeAmount`
     * *must* override this function with a meaningful implementation.
     */
    function _tokenAddressToIndex(
        IERC20 /*token*/
    ) internal view virtual returns (uint256) {
        return 0;
    }
}

// File: @balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/helpers/InputHelpers.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
// (at your option) any later version.

// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.

// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

pragma solidity ^0.7.0;

import "../openzeppelin/IERC20.sol";

import "./BalancerErrors.sol";

library InputHelpers {
    function ensureInputLengthMatch(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure {
        _require(a == b, Errors.INPUT_LENGTH_MISMATCH);
    }

    function ensureInputLengthMatch(
        uint256 a,
        uint256 b,
        uint256 c
    ) internal pure {
        _require(a == b && b == c, Errors.INPUT_LENGTH_MISMATCH);
    }

    function ensureArrayIsSorted(IERC20[] memory array) internal pure {
        address[] memory addressArray;
        // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
        assembly {
            addressArray := array
        }
        ensureArrayIsSorted(addressArray);
    }

    function ensureArrayIsSorted(address[] memory array) internal pure {
        if (array.length < 2) {
            return;
        }

        address previous = array[0];
        for (uint256 i = 1; i < array.length; ++i) {
            address current = array[i];
            _require(previous < current, Errors.UNSORTED_ARRAY);
            previous = current;
        }
    }
}

// File: @balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/math/FixedPoint.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
// (at your option) any later version.

// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.

// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

pragma solidity ^0.7.0;

import "./LogExpMath.sol";
import "../helpers/BalancerErrors.sol";

/* solhint-disable private-vars-leading-underscore */

library FixedPoint {
    uint256 internal constant ONE = 1e18; // 18 decimal places
    uint256 internal constant TWO = 2 * ONE;
    uint256 internal constant FOUR = 4 * ONE;
    uint256 internal constant MAX_POW_RELATIVE_ERROR = 10000; // 10^(-14)
    uint256 internal constant MAX_UINT_256 = type(uint256).max;

    // Minimum base for the power function when the exponent is 'free' (larger than ONE).
    uint256 internal constant MIN_POW_BASE_FREE_EXPONENT = 0.7e18;

    function add(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        // Fixed Point addition is the same as regular checked addition

        uint256 c = a + b;
        _require(c >= a, Errors.ADD_OVERFLOW);
        return c;
    }

    function sub(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        // Fixed Point addition is the same as regular checked addition

        _require(b <= a, Errors.SUB_OVERFLOW);
        uint256 c = a - b;
        return c;
    }

    function mulDown(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 product = a * b;
        _require(a == 0 || product / a == b, Errors.MUL_OVERFLOW);

        return product / ONE;
    }

    function mulUp(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 product = a * b;
        _require(a == 0 || product / a == b, Errors.MUL_OVERFLOW);

        if (product == 0) {
            return 0;
        } else {
            // The traditional divUp formula is:
            // divUp(x, y) := (x + y - 1) / y
            // To avoid intermediate overflow in the addition, we distribute the division and get:
            // divUp(x, y) := (x - 1) / y + 1
            // Note that this requires x != 0, which we already tested for.

            return ((product - 1) / ONE) + 1;
        }
    }

    function divDown(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        _require(b != 0, Errors.ZERO_DIVISION);

        if (a == 0) {
            return 0;
        } else {
            uint256 aInflated = a * ONE;
            _require(aInflated / a == ONE, Errors.DIV_INTERNAL); // mul overflow

            return aInflated / b;
        }
    }

    function divUp(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        _require(b != 0, Errors.ZERO_DIVISION);

        if (a == 0) {
            return 0;
        } else {
            uint256 aInflated = a * ONE;
            _require(aInflated / a == ONE, Errors.DIV_INTERNAL); // mul overflow

            // The traditional divUp formula is:
            // divUp(x, y) := (x + y - 1) / y
            // To avoid intermediate overflow in the addition, we distribute the division and get:
            // divUp(x, y) := (x - 1) / y + 1
            // Note that this requires x != 0, which we already tested for.

            return ((aInflated - 1) / b) + 1;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns x^y, assuming both are fixed point numbers, rounding down. The result is guaranteed to not be above
     * the true value (that is, the error function expected - actual is always positive).
     */
    function powDown(uint256 x, uint256 y) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        // Optimize for when y equals 1.0, 2.0 or 4.0, as those are very simple to implement and occur often in 50/50
        // and 80/20 Weighted Pools
        if (y == ONE) {
            return x;
        } else if (y == TWO) {
            return mulDown(x, x);
        } else if (y == FOUR) {
            uint256 square = mulDown(x, x);
            return mulDown(square, square);
        } else {
            uint256 raw = LogExpMath.pow(x, y);
            uint256 maxError = add(mulUp(raw, MAX_POW_RELATIVE_ERROR), 1);

            if (raw < maxError) {
                return 0;
            } else {
                return sub(raw, maxError);
            }
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns x^y, assuming both are fixed point numbers, rounding up. The result is guaranteed to not be below
     * the true value (that is, the error function expected - actual is always negative).
     */
    function powUp(uint256 x, uint256 y) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        // Optimize for when y equals 1.0, 2.0 or 4.0, as those are very simple to implement and occur often in 50/50
        // and 80/20 Weighted Pools
        if (y == ONE) {
            return x;
        } else if (y == TWO) {
            return mulUp(x, x);
        } else if (y == FOUR) {
            uint256 square = mulUp(x, x);
            return mulUp(square, square);
        } else {
            uint256 raw = LogExpMath.pow(x, y);
            uint256 maxError = add(mulUp(raw, MAX_POW_RELATIVE_ERROR), 1);

            return add(raw, maxError);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the complement of a value (1 - x), capped to 0 if x is larger than 1.
     *
     * Useful when computing the complement for values with some level of relative error, as it strips this error and
     * prevents intermediate negative values.
     */
    function complement(uint256 x) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return (x < ONE) ? (ONE - x) : 0;
    }

    function fromUint(uint256 x) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return x * ONE;
    }

    function toUint(uint256 x) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return x / ONE;
    }

    function toSignedFixedPoint(uint256 x) internal pure returns (int256) {
        int256 y = int256(x);
        _require(y >= 0, Errors.OVERFLOW);
        return y;
    }

    function exp(uint256 x) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(LogExpMath.exp(toSignedFixedPoint(x)));
    }

    function inv(uint256 x) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return divDown(ONE, x);
    }

    function sqrt(uint256 x) internal pure returns (uint256 result) {
        _require(x < MAX_UINT_256 / ONE, Errors.SQRT_OVERFLOW);

        if (x == 0) {
            return 0;
        }

        // Square root of ONE^2 will be ONE, so multiplying with additional ONE
        x = x * ONE;

        // Set the initial guess to the least power of two that is greater than or equal to sqrt(x).
        uint256 xAux = uint256(x);
        result = 1;
        if (xAux >= 0x100000000000000000000000000000000) {
            xAux >>= 128;
            result <<= 64;
        }
        if (xAux >= 0x10000000000000000) {
            xAux >>= 64;
            result <<= 32;
        }
        if (xAux >= 0x100000000) {
            xAux >>= 32;
            result <<= 16;
        }
        if (xAux >= 0x10000) {
            xAux >>= 16;
            result <<= 8;
        }
        if (xAux >= 0x100) {
            xAux >>= 8;
            result <<= 4;
        }
        if (xAux >= 0x10) {
            xAux >>= 4;
            result <<= 2;
        }
        if (xAux >= 0x4) {
            result <<= 1;
        }

        result = (result + x / result) >> 1;
        result = (result + x / result) >> 1;
        result = (result + x / result) >> 1;
        result = (result + x / result) >> 1;
        result = (result + x / result) >> 1;
        result = (result + x / result) >> 1;
        result = (result + x / result) >> 1; // Seven iterations should be enough
        uint256 roundedDownResult = x / result;
        return result >= roundedDownResult ? roundedDownResult : result;
    }
}

// File: @balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/openzeppelin/IERC20.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.7.0;

/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC20 standard as defined in the EIP.
 */
interface IERC20 {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of tokens in existence.
     */
    function totalSupply() external view returns (uint256);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of tokens owned by `account`.
     */
    function balanceOf(address account) external view returns (uint256);

    /**
     * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from the caller's account to `recipient`.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transfer(address recipient, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the remaining number of tokens that `spender` will be
     * allowed to spend on behalf of `owner` through {transferFrom}. This is
     * zero by default.
     *
     * This value changes when {approve} or {transferFrom} are called.
     */
    function allowance(address owner, address spender) external view returns (uint256);

    /**
     * @dev Sets `amount` as the allowance of `spender` over the caller's tokens.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: Beware that changing an allowance with this method brings the risk
     * that someone may use both the old and the new allowance by unfortunate
     * transaction ordering. One possible solution to mitigate this race
     * condition is to first reduce the spender's allowance to 0 and set the
     * desired value afterwards:
     * https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/issues/20#issuecomment-263524729
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     */
    function approve(address spender, uint256 amount) external returns (bool);

    /**
     * @dev Moves `amount` tokens from `sender` to `recipient` using the
     * allowance mechanism. `amount` is then deducted from the caller's
     * allowance.
     *
     * Returns a boolean value indicating whether the operation succeeded.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address sender,
        address recipient,
        uint256 amount
    ) external returns (bool);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when `value` tokens are moved from one account (`from`) to
     * another (`to`).
     *
     * Note that `value` may be zero.
     */
    event Transfer(address indexed from, address indexed to, uint256 value);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when the allowance of a `spender` for an `owner` is set by
     * a call to {approve}. `value` is the new allowance.
     */
    event Approval(address indexed owner, address indexed spender, uint256 value);
}

// File: @balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/math/Math.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.7.0;

import "../helpers/BalancerErrors.sol";

/**
 * @dev Wrappers over Solidity's arithmetic operations with added overflow checks.
 * Adapted from OpenZeppelin's SafeMath library.
 */
library Math {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the absolute value of a signed integer.
     */
    function abs(int256 a) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a > 0 ? uint256(a) : uint256(-a);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the addition of two unsigned integers of 256 bits, reverting on overflow.
     */
    function add(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 c = a + b;
        _require(c >= a, Errors.ADD_OVERFLOW);
        return c;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the addition of two signed integers, reverting on overflow.
     */
    function add(int256 a, int256 b) internal pure returns (int256) {
        int256 c = a + b;
        _require((b >= 0 && c >= a) || (b < 0 && c < a), Errors.ADD_OVERFLOW);
        return c;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the subtraction of two unsigned integers of 256 bits, reverting on overflow.
     */
    function sub(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        _require(b <= a, Errors.SUB_OVERFLOW);
        uint256 c = a - b;
        return c;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the subtraction of two signed integers, reverting on overflow.
     */
    function sub(int256 a, int256 b) internal pure returns (int256) {
        int256 c = a - b;
        _require((b >= 0 && c <= a) || (b < 0 && c > a), Errors.SUB_OVERFLOW);
        return c;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the largest of two numbers of 256 bits.
     */
    function max(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a >= b ? a : b;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the smallest of two numbers of 256 bits.
     */
    function min(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return a < b ? a : b;
    }

    function mul(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 c = a * b;
        _require(a == 0 || c / a == b, Errors.MUL_OVERFLOW);
        return c;
    }

    function div(
        uint256 a,
        uint256 b,
        bool roundUp
    ) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return roundUp ? divUp(a, b) : divDown(a, b);
    }

    function divDown(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        _require(b != 0, Errors.ZERO_DIVISION);
        return a / b;
    }

    function divUp(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        _require(b != 0, Errors.ZERO_DIVISION);

        if (a == 0) {
            return 0;
        } else {
            return 1 + (a - 1) / b;
        }
    }

    function mod(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        _require(b != 0, Errors.ZERO_DIVISION);
        return a % b;
    }
}

// File: @balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/helpers/BalancerErrors.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
// (at your option) any later version.

// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.

// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

pragma solidity ^0.7.0;

// solhint-disable

/**
 * @dev Reverts if `condition` is false, with a revert reason containing `errorCode`. Only codes up to 999 are
 * supported.
 */
function _require(bool condition, uint256 errorCode) pure {
    if (!condition) _revert(errorCode);
}

/**
 * @dev Reverts with a revert reason containing `errorCode`. Only codes up to 999 are supported.
 */
function _revert(uint256 errorCode) pure {
    // We're going to dynamically create a revert string based on the error code, with the following format:
    // 'BAL#{errorCode}'
    // where the code is left-padded with zeroes to three digits (so they range from 000 to 999).
    //
    // We don't have revert strings embedded in the contract to save bytecode size: it takes much less space to store a
    // number (8 to 16 bits) than the individual string characters.
    //
    // The dynamic string creation algorithm that follows could be implemented in Solidity, but assembly allows for a
    // much denser implementation, again saving bytecode size. Given this function unconditionally reverts, this is a
    // safe place to rely on it without worrying about how its usage might affect e.g. memory contents.
    assembly {
        // First, we need to compute the ASCII representation of the error code. We assume that it is in the 0-999
        // range, so we only need to convert three digits. To convert the digits to ASCII, we add 0x30, the value for
        // the '0' character.

        let units := add(mod(errorCode, 10), 0x30)

        errorCode := div(errorCode, 10)
        let tenths := add(mod(errorCode, 10), 0x30)

        errorCode := div(errorCode, 10)
        let hundreds := add(mod(errorCode, 10), 0x30)

        // With the individual characters, we can now construct the full string. The "BAL#" part is a known constant
        // (0x42414c23): we simply shift this by 24 (to provide space for the 3 bytes of the error code), and add the
        // characters to it, each shifted by a multiple of 8.
        // The revert reason is then shifted left by 200 bits (256 minus the length of the string, 7 characters * 8 bits
        // per character = 56) to locate it in the most significant part of the 256 slot (the beginning of a byte
        // array).

        let revertReason := shl(200, add(0x42414c23000000, add(add(units, shl(8, tenths)), shl(16, hundreds))))

        // We can now encode the reason in memory, which can be safely overwritten as we're about to revert. The encoded
        // message will have the following layout:
        // [ revert reason identifier ] [ string location offset ] [ string length ] [ string contents ]

        // The Solidity revert reason identifier is 0x08c739a0, the function selector of the Error(string) function. We
        // also write zeroes to the next 28 bytes of memory, but those are about to be overwritten.
        mstore(0x0, 0x08c379a000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000)
        // Next is the offset to the location of the string, which will be placed immediately after (20 bytes away).
        mstore(0x04, 0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000020)
        // The string length is fixed: 7 characters.
        mstore(0x24, 7)
        // Finally, the string itself is stored.
        mstore(0x44, revertReason)

        // Even if the string is only 7 bytes long, we need to return a full 32 byte slot containing it. The length of
        // the encoded message is therefore 4 + 32 + 32 + 32 = 100.
        revert(0, 100)
    }
}

library Errors {
    // Math
    uint256 internal constant ADD_OVERFLOW = 0;
    uint256 internal constant SUB_OVERFLOW = 1;
    uint256 internal constant SUB_UNDERFLOW = 2;
    uint256 internal constant MUL_OVERFLOW = 3;
    uint256 internal constant ZERO_DIVISION = 4;
    uint256 internal constant DIV_INTERNAL = 5;
    uint256 internal constant X_OUT_OF_BOUNDS = 6;
    uint256 internal constant Y_OUT_OF_BOUNDS = 7;
    uint256 internal constant PRODUCT_OUT_OF_BOUNDS = 8;
    uint256 internal constant INVALID_EXPONENT = 9;
    uint256 internal constant ADD_UNDERFLOW = 10;
    uint256 internal constant UNDERFLOW = 11;
    uint256 internal constant OVERFLOW = 12;
    uint256 internal constant SQRT_OVERFLOW = 13;

    // Input
    uint256 internal constant OUT_OF_BOUNDS = 100;
    uint256 internal constant UNSORTED_ARRAY = 101;
    uint256 internal constant UNSORTED_TOKENS = 102;
    uint256 internal constant INPUT_LENGTH_MISMATCH = 103;
    uint256 internal constant ZERO_TOKEN = 104;

    // Shared pools
    uint256 internal constant MIN_TOKENS = 200;
    uint256 internal constant MAX_TOKENS = 201;
    uint256 internal constant MAX_SWAP_FEE_PERCENTAGE = 202;
    uint256 internal constant MIN_SWAP_FEE_PERCENTAGE = 203;
    uint256 internal constant MINIMUM_BPT = 204;
    uint256 internal constant CALLER_NOT_VAULT = 205;
    uint256 internal constant UNINITIALIZED = 206;
    uint256 internal constant BPT_IN_MAX_AMOUNT = 207;
    uint256 internal constant BPT_OUT_MIN_AMOUNT = 208;
    uint256 internal constant EXPIRED_PERMIT = 209;
    uint256 internal constant NOT_TWO_TOKENS = 210;
    uint256 internal constant DISABLED = 211;

    // Pools
    uint256 internal constant MIN_AMP = 300;
    uint256 internal constant MAX_AMP = 301;
    uint256 internal constant MIN_WEIGHT = 302;
    uint256 internal constant MAX_STABLE_TOKENS = 303;
    uint256 internal constant MAX_IN_RATIO = 304;
    uint256 internal constant MAX_OUT_RATIO = 305;
    uint256 internal constant MIN_BPT_IN_FOR_TOKEN_OUT = 306;
    uint256 internal constant MAX_OUT_BPT_FOR_TOKEN_IN = 307;
    uint256 internal constant NORMALIZED_WEIGHT_INVARIANT = 308;
    uint256 internal constant INVALID_TOKEN = 309;
    uint256 internal constant UNHANDLED_JOIN_KIND = 310;
    uint256 internal constant ZERO_INVARIANT = 311;
    uint256 internal constant ORACLE_INVALID_SECONDS_QUERY = 312;
    uint256 internal constant ORACLE_NOT_INITIALIZED = 313;
    uint256 internal constant ORACLE_QUERY_TOO_OLD = 314;
    uint256 internal constant ORACLE_INVALID_INDEX = 315;
    uint256 internal constant ORACLE_BAD_SECS = 316;
    uint256 internal constant AMP_END_TIME_TOO_CLOSE = 317;
    uint256 internal constant AMP_ONGOING_UPDATE = 318;
    uint256 internal constant AMP_RATE_TOO_HIGH = 319;
    uint256 internal constant AMP_NO_ONGOING_UPDATE = 320;
    uint256 internal constant STABLE_INVARIANT_DIDNT_CONVERGE = 321;
    uint256 internal constant STABLE_GET_BALANCE_DIDNT_CONVERGE = 322;
    uint256 internal constant RELAYER_NOT_CONTRACT = 323;
    uint256 internal constant BASE_POOL_RELAYER_NOT_CALLED = 324;
    uint256 internal constant REBALANCING_RELAYER_REENTERED = 325;
    uint256 internal constant GRADUAL_UPDATE_TIME_TRAVEL = 326;
    uint256 internal constant SWAPS_DISABLED = 327;
    uint256 internal constant CALLER_IS_NOT_LBP_OWNER = 328;
    uint256 internal constant PRICE_RATE_OVERFLOW = 329;
    uint256 internal constant INVALID_JOIN_EXIT_KIND_WHILE_SWAPS_DISABLED = 330;
    uint256 internal constant WEIGHT_CHANGE_TOO_FAST = 331;
    uint256 internal constant LOWER_GREATER_THAN_UPPER_TARGET = 332;
    uint256 internal constant UPPER_TARGET_TOO_HIGH = 333;
    uint256 internal constant UNHANDLED_BY_LINEAR_POOL = 334;
    uint256 internal constant OUT_OF_TARGET_RANGE = 335;
    uint256 internal constant UNHANDLED_EXIT_KIND = 336;
    uint256 internal constant UNAUTHORIZED_EXIT = 337;
    uint256 internal constant MAX_MANAGEMENT_SWAP_FEE_PERCENTAGE = 338;
    uint256 internal constant UNHANDLED_BY_MANAGED_POOL = 339;
    uint256 internal constant UNHANDLED_BY_PHANTOM_POOL = 340;
    uint256 internal constant TOKEN_DOES_NOT_HAVE_RATE_PROVIDER = 341;
    uint256 internal constant INVALID_INITIALIZATION = 342;
    uint256 internal constant OUT_OF_NEW_TARGET_RANGE = 343;
    uint256 internal constant UNAUTHORIZED_OPERATION = 344;
    uint256 internal constant UNINITIALIZED_POOL_CONTROLLER = 345;
    uint256 internal constant LONG_TERM_ORDER_AMOUNT_TOO_LOW = 346;
    uint256 internal constant LONG_TERM_ORDER_AMOUNT_TOO_LARGE = 347;
    uint256 internal constant LONG_TERM_ORDER_ORDER_NOT_COMPLETED = 348;
    uint256 internal constant NO_PROCEEDS_TO_WITHDRAW = 349;
    uint256 internal constant WEIGHTS_NOT_ALLOWED = 350;
    uint256 internal constant LONG_TERM_ORDER_NUM_INTERVALS_TOO_LOW = 351;
    uint256 internal constant LONG_TERM_ORDER_NUM_INTERVALS_TOO_HIGH = 352;
    uint256 internal constant CANNOT_UNPAUSE_VIRTUAL_ORDER_EXECUTION = 353;
    uint256 internal constant LONG_TERM_ORDER_EXECUTION_PAUSED = 354;
    uint256 internal constant NEGATIVE_SALES_RATE = 355;
    uint256 internal constant ORDER_ALREADY_COMPLETED = 356;

    // Lib
    uint256 internal constant REENTRANCY = 400;
    uint256 internal constant SENDER_NOT_ALLOWED = 401;
    uint256 internal constant PAUSED = 402;
    uint256 internal constant PAUSE_WINDOW_EXPIRED = 403;
    uint256 internal constant MAX_PAUSE_WINDOW_DURATION = 404;
    uint256 internal constant MAX_BUFFER_PERIOD_DURATION = 405;
    uint256 internal constant INSUFFICIENT_BALANCE = 406;
    uint256 internal constant INSUFFICIENT_ALLOWANCE = 407;
    uint256 internal constant ERC20_TRANSFER_FROM_ZERO_ADDRESS = 408;
    uint256 internal constant ERC20_TRANSFER_TO_ZERO_ADDRESS = 409;
    uint256 internal constant ERC20_MINT_TO_ZERO_ADDRESS = 410;
    uint256 internal constant ERC20_BURN_FROM_ZERO_ADDRESS = 411;
    uint256 internal constant ERC20_APPROVE_FROM_ZERO_ADDRESS = 412;
    uint256 internal constant ERC20_APPROVE_TO_ZERO_ADDRESS = 413;
    uint256 internal constant ERC20_TRANSFER_EXCEEDS_ALLOWANCE = 414;
    uint256 internal constant ERC20_DECREASED_ALLOWANCE_BELOW_ZERO = 415;
    uint256 internal constant ERC20_TRANSFER_EXCEEDS_BALANCE = 416;
    uint256 internal constant ERC20_BURN_EXCEEDS_ALLOWANCE = 417;
    uint256 internal constant SAFE_ERC20_CALL_FAILED = 418;
    uint256 internal constant ADDRESS_INSUFFICIENT_BALANCE = 419;
    uint256 internal constant ADDRESS_CANNOT_SEND_VALUE = 420;
    uint256 internal constant SAFE_CAST_VALUE_CANT_FIT_INT256 = 421;
    uint256 internal constant GRANT_SENDER_NOT_ADMIN = 422;
    uint256 internal constant REVOKE_SENDER_NOT_ADMIN = 423;
    uint256 internal constant RENOUNCE_SENDER_NOT_ALLOWED = 424;
    uint256 internal constant BUFFER_PERIOD_EXPIRED = 425;
    uint256 internal constant CALLER_IS_NOT_OWNER = 426;
    uint256 internal constant NEW_OWNER_IS_ZERO = 427;
    uint256 internal constant CODE_DEPLOYMENT_FAILED = 428;
    uint256 internal constant CALL_TO_NON_CONTRACT = 429;
    uint256 internal constant LOW_LEVEL_CALL_FAILED = 430;
    uint256 internal constant NOT_PAUSED = 431;
    uint256 internal constant ADDRESS_ALREADY_ALLOWLISTED = 432;
    uint256 internal constant ADDRESS_NOT_ALLOWLISTED = 433;
    uint256 internal constant ERC20_BURN_EXCEEDS_BALANCE = 434;
    uint256 internal constant HEAP_EMPTY = 435;

    // Vault
    uint256 internal constant INVALID_POOL_ID = 500;
    uint256 internal constant CALLER_NOT_POOL = 501;
    uint256 internal constant SENDER_NOT_ASSET_MANAGER = 502;
    uint256 internal constant USER_DOESNT_ALLOW_RELAYER = 503;
    uint256 internal constant INVALID_SIGNATURE = 504;
    uint256 internal constant EXIT_BELOW_MIN = 505;
    uint256 internal constant JOIN_ABOVE_MAX = 506;
    uint256 internal constant SWAP_LIMIT = 507;
    uint256 internal constant SWAP_DEADLINE = 508;
    uint256 internal constant CANNOT_SWAP_SAME_TOKEN = 509;
    uint256 internal constant UNKNOWN_AMOUNT_IN_FIRST_SWAP = 510;
    uint256 internal constant MALCONSTRUCTED_MULTIHOP_SWAP = 511;
    uint256 internal constant INTERNAL_BALANCE_OVERFLOW = 512;
    uint256 internal constant INSUFFICIENT_INTERNAL_BALANCE = 513;
    uint256 internal constant INVALID_ETH_INTERNAL_BALANCE = 514;
    uint256 internal constant INVALID_POST_LOAN_BALANCE = 515;
    uint256 internal constant INSUFFICIENT_ETH = 516;
    uint256 internal constant UNALLOCATED_ETH = 517;
    uint256 internal constant ETH_TRANSFER = 518;
    uint256 internal constant CANNOT_USE_ETH_SENTINEL = 519;
    uint256 internal constant TOKENS_MISMATCH = 520;
    uint256 internal constant TOKEN_NOT_REGISTERED = 521;
    uint256 internal constant TOKEN_ALREADY_REGISTERED = 522;
    uint256 internal constant TOKENS_ALREADY_SET = 523;
    uint256 internal constant TOKENS_LENGTH_MUST_BE_2 = 524;
    uint256 internal constant NONZERO_TOKEN_BALANCE = 525;
    uint256 internal constant BALANCE_TOTAL_OVERFLOW = 526;
    uint256 internal constant POOL_NO_TOKENS = 527;
    uint256 internal constant INSUFFICIENT_FLASH_LOAN_BALANCE = 528;

    // Fees
    uint256 internal constant SWAP_FEE_PERCENTAGE_TOO_HIGH = 600;
    uint256 internal constant FLASH_LOAN_FEE_PERCENTAGE_TOO_HIGH = 601;
    uint256 internal constant INSUFFICIENT_FLASH_LOAN_FEE_AMOUNT = 602;
}

// File: @balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/math/LogExpMath.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT
// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated
// documentation files (the “Software”), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the
// rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
// permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:

// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the
// Software.

// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED “AS IS”, WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE
// WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
// COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR
// OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.

pragma solidity ^0.7.0;

import "../helpers/BalancerErrors.sol";

/* solhint-disable */

/**
 * @dev Exponentiation and logarithm functions for 18 decimal fixed point numbers (both base and exponent/argument).
 *
 * Exponentiation and logarithm with arbitrary bases (x^y and log_x(y)) are implemented by conversion to natural
 * exponentiation and logarithm (where the base is Euler's number).
 *
 * @author Fernando Martinelli - @fernandomartinelli
 * @author Sergio Yuhjtman - @sergioyuhjtman
 * @author Daniel Fernandez - @dmf7z
 */
library LogExpMath {
    // All fixed point multiplications and divisions are inlined. This means we need to divide by ONE when multiplying
    // two numbers, and multiply by ONE when dividing them.

    // All arguments and return values are 18 decimal fixed point numbers.
    int256 constant ONE_18 = 1e18;

    // Internally, intermediate values are computed with higher precision as 20 decimal fixed point numbers, and in the
    // case of ln36, 36 decimals.
    int256 constant ONE_20 = 1e20;
    int256 constant ONE_36 = 1e36;

    // The domain of natural exponentiation is bound by the word size and number of decimals used.
    //
    // Because internally the result will be stored using 20 decimals, the largest possible result is
    // (2^255 - 1) / 10^20, which makes the largest exponent ln((2^255 - 1) / 10^20) = 130.700829182905140221.
    // The smallest possible result is 10^(-18), which makes largest negative argument
    // ln(10^(-18)) = -41.446531673892822312.
    // We use 130.0 and -41.0 to have some safety margin.
    int256 constant MAX_NATURAL_EXPONENT = 130e18;
    int256 constant MIN_NATURAL_EXPONENT = -41e18;

    // Bounds for ln_36's argument. Both ln(0.9) and ln(1.1) can be represented with 36 decimal places in a fixed point
    // 256 bit integer.
    int256 constant LN_36_LOWER_BOUND = ONE_18 - 1e17;
    int256 constant LN_36_UPPER_BOUND = ONE_18 + 1e17;

    uint256 constant MILD_EXPONENT_BOUND = 2**254 / uint256(ONE_20);

    // 18 decimal constants
    int256 constant x0 = 128000000000000000000; // 2ˆ7
    int256 constant a0 = 38877084059945950922200000000000000000000000000000000000; // eˆ(x0) (no decimals)
    int256 constant x1 = 64000000000000000000; // 2ˆ6
    int256 constant a1 = 6235149080811616882910000000; // eˆ(x1) (no decimals)

    // 20 decimal constants
    int256 constant x2 = 3200000000000000000000; // 2ˆ5
    int256 constant a2 = 7896296018268069516100000000000000; // eˆ(x2)
    int256 constant x3 = 1600000000000000000000; // 2ˆ4
    int256 constant a3 = 888611052050787263676000000; // eˆ(x3)
    int256 constant x4 = 800000000000000000000; // 2ˆ3
    int256 constant a4 = 298095798704172827474000; // eˆ(x4)
    int256 constant x5 = 400000000000000000000; // 2ˆ2
    int256 constant a5 = 5459815003314423907810; // eˆ(x5)
    int256 constant x6 = 200000000000000000000; // 2ˆ1
    int256 constant a6 = 738905609893065022723; // eˆ(x6)
    int256 constant x7 = 100000000000000000000; // 2ˆ0
    int256 constant a7 = 271828182845904523536; // eˆ(x7)
    int256 constant x8 = 50000000000000000000; // 2ˆ-1
    int256 constant a8 = 164872127070012814685; // eˆ(x8)
    int256 constant x9 = 25000000000000000000; // 2ˆ-2
    int256 constant a9 = 128402541668774148407; // eˆ(x9)
    int256 constant x10 = 12500000000000000000; // 2ˆ-3
    int256 constant a10 = 113314845306682631683; // eˆ(x10)
    int256 constant x11 = 6250000000000000000; // 2ˆ-4
    int256 constant a11 = 106449445891785942956; // eˆ(x11)

    /**
     * @dev Exponentiation (x^y) with unsigned 18 decimal fixed point base and exponent.
     *
     * Reverts if ln(x) * y is smaller than `MIN_NATURAL_EXPONENT`, or larger than `MAX_NATURAL_EXPONENT`.
     */
    function pow(uint256 x, uint256 y) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        if (y == 0) {
            // We solve the 0^0 indetermination by making it equal one.
            return uint256(ONE_18);
        }

        if (x == 0) {
            return 0;
        }

        // Instead of computing x^y directly, we instead rely on the properties of logarithms and exponentiation to
        // arrive at that result. In particular, exp(ln(x)) = x, and ln(x^y) = y * ln(x). This means
        // x^y = exp(y * ln(x)).

        // The ln function takes a signed value, so we need to make sure x fits in the signed 256 bit range.
        _require(x < 2**255, Errors.X_OUT_OF_BOUNDS);
        int256 x_int256 = int256(x);

        // We will compute y * ln(x) in a single step. Depending on the value of x, we can either use ln or ln_36. In
        // both cases, we leave the division by ONE_18 (due to fixed point multiplication) to the end.

        // This prevents y * ln(x) from overflowing, and at the same time guarantees y fits in the signed 256 bit range.
        _require(y < MILD_EXPONENT_BOUND, Errors.Y_OUT_OF_BOUNDS);
        int256 y_int256 = int256(y);

        int256 logx_times_y;
        if (LN_36_LOWER_BOUND < x_int256 && x_int256 < LN_36_UPPER_BOUND) {
            int256 ln_36_x = _ln_36(x_int256);

            // ln_36_x has 36 decimal places, so multiplying by y_int256 isn't as straightforward, since we can't just
            // bring y_int256 to 36 decimal places, as it might overflow. Instead, we perform two 18 decimal
            // multiplications and add the results: one with the first 18 decimals of ln_36_x, and one with the
            // (downscaled) last 18 decimals.
            logx_times_y = ((ln_36_x / ONE_18) * y_int256 + ((ln_36_x % ONE_18) * y_int256) / ONE_18);
        } else {
            logx_times_y = _ln(x_int256) * y_int256;
        }
        logx_times_y /= ONE_18;

        // Finally, we compute exp(y * ln(x)) to arrive at x^y
        _require(
            MIN_NATURAL_EXPONENT <= logx_times_y && logx_times_y <= MAX_NATURAL_EXPONENT,
            Errors.PRODUCT_OUT_OF_BOUNDS
        );

        return uint256(exp(logx_times_y));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Natural exponentiation (e^x) with signed 18 decimal fixed point exponent.
     *
     * Reverts if `x` is smaller than MIN_NATURAL_EXPONENT, or larger than `MAX_NATURAL_EXPONENT`.
     */
    function exp(int256 x) internal pure returns (int256) {
        _require(x >= MIN_NATURAL_EXPONENT && x <= MAX_NATURAL_EXPONENT, Errors.INVALID_EXPONENT);

        if (x < 0) {
            // We only handle positive exponents: e^(-x) is computed as 1 / e^x. We can safely make x positive since it
            // fits in the signed 256 bit range (as it is larger than MIN_NATURAL_EXPONENT).
            // Fixed point division requires multiplying by ONE_18.
            return ((ONE_18 * ONE_18) / exp(-x));
        }

        // First, we use the fact that e^(x+y) = e^x * e^y to decompose x into a sum of powers of two, which we call x_n,
        // where x_n == 2^(7 - n), and e^x_n = a_n has been precomputed. We choose the first x_n, x0, to equal 2^7
        // because all larger powers are larger than MAX_NATURAL_EXPONENT, and therefore not present in the
        // decomposition.
        // At the end of this process we will have the product of all e^x_n = a_n that apply, and the remainder of this
        // decomposition, which will be lower than the smallest x_n.
        // exp(x) = k_0 * a_0 * k_1 * a_1 * ... + k_n * a_n * exp(remainder), where each k_n equals either 0 or 1.
        // We mutate x by subtracting x_n, making it the remainder of the decomposition.

        // The first two a_n (e^(2^7) and e^(2^6)) are too large if stored as 18 decimal numbers, and could cause
        // intermediate overflows. Instead we store them as plain integers, with 0 decimals.
        // Additionally, x0 + x1 is larger than MAX_NATURAL_EXPONENT, which means they will not both be present in the
        // decomposition.

        // For each x_n, we test if that term is present in the decomposition (if x is larger than it), and if so deduct
        // it and compute the accumulated product.

        int256 firstAN;
        if (x >= x0) {
            x -= x0;
            firstAN = a0;
        } else if (x >= x1) {
            x -= x1;
            firstAN = a1;
        } else {
            firstAN = 1; // One with no decimal places
        }

        // We now transform x into a 20 decimal fixed point number, to have enhanced precision when computing the
        // smaller terms.
        x *= 100;

        // `product` is the accumulated product of all a_n (except a0 and a1), which starts at 20 decimal fixed point
        // one. Recall that fixed point multiplication requires dividing by ONE_20.
        int256 product = ONE_20;

        if (x >= x2) {
            x -= x2;
            product = (product * a2) / ONE_20;
        }
        if (x >= x3) {
            x -= x3;
            product = (product * a3) / ONE_20;
        }
        if (x >= x4) {
            x -= x4;
            product = (product * a4) / ONE_20;
        }
        if (x >= x5) {
            x -= x5;
            product = (product * a5) / ONE_20;
        }
        if (x >= x6) {
            x -= x6;
            product = (product * a6) / ONE_20;
        }
        if (x >= x7) {
            x -= x7;
            product = (product * a7) / ONE_20;
        }
        if (x >= x8) {
            x -= x8;
            product = (product * a8) / ONE_20;
        }
        if (x >= x9) {
            x -= x9;
            product = (product * a9) / ONE_20;
        }

        // x10 and x11 are unnecessary here since we have high enough precision already.

        // Now we need to compute e^x, where x is small (in particular, it is smaller than x9). We use the Taylor series
        // expansion for e^x: 1 + x + (x^2 / 2!) + (x^3 / 3!) + ... + (x^n / n!).

        int256 seriesSum = ONE_20; // The initial one in the sum, with 20 decimal places.
        int256 term; // Each term in the sum, where the nth term is (x^n / n!).

        // The first term is simply x.
        term = x;
        seriesSum += term;

        // Each term (x^n / n!) equals the previous one times x, divided by n. Since x is a fixed point number,
        // multiplying by it requires dividing by ONE_20, but dividing by the non-fixed point n values does not.

        term = ((term * x) / ONE_20) / 2;
        seriesSum += term;

        term = ((term * x) / ONE_20) / 3;
        seriesSum += term;

        term = ((term * x) / ONE_20) / 4;
        seriesSum += term;

        term = ((term * x) / ONE_20) / 5;
        seriesSum += term;

        term = ((term * x) / ONE_20) / 6;
        seriesSum += term;

        term = ((term * x) / ONE_20) / 7;
        seriesSum += term;

        term = ((term * x) / ONE_20) / 8;
        seriesSum += term;

        term = ((term * x) / ONE_20) / 9;
        seriesSum += term;

        term = ((term * x) / ONE_20) / 10;
        seriesSum += term;

        term = ((term * x) / ONE_20) / 11;
        seriesSum += term;

        term = ((term * x) / ONE_20) / 12;
        seriesSum += term;

        // 12 Taylor terms are sufficient for 18 decimal precision.

        // We now have the first a_n (with no decimals), and the product of all other a_n present, and the Taylor
        // approximation of the exponentiation of the remainder (both with 20 decimals). All that remains is to multiply
        // all three (one 20 decimal fixed point multiplication, dividing by ONE_20, and one integer multiplication),
        // and then drop two digits to return an 18 decimal value.

        return (((product * seriesSum) / ONE_20) * firstAN) / 100;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Logarithm (log(arg, base), with signed 18 decimal fixed point base and argument.
     */
    function log(int256 arg, int256 base) internal pure returns (int256) {
        // This performs a simple base change: log(arg, base) = ln(arg) / ln(base).

        // Both logBase and logArg are computed as 36 decimal fixed point numbers, either by using ln_36, or by
        // upscaling.

        int256 logBase;
        if (LN_36_LOWER_BOUND < base && base < LN_36_UPPER_BOUND) {
            logBase = _ln_36(base);
        } else {
            logBase = _ln(base) * ONE_18;
        }

        int256 logArg;
        if (LN_36_LOWER_BOUND < arg && arg < LN_36_UPPER_BOUND) {
            logArg = _ln_36(arg);
        } else {
            logArg = _ln(arg) * ONE_18;
        }

        // When dividing, we multiply by ONE_18 to arrive at a result with 18 decimal places
        return (logArg * ONE_18) / logBase;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Natural logarithm (ln(a)) with signed 18 decimal fixed point argument.
     */
    function ln(int256 a) internal pure returns (int256) {
        // The real natural logarithm is not defined for negative numbers or zero.
        _require(a > 0, Errors.OUT_OF_BOUNDS);
        if (LN_36_LOWER_BOUND < a && a < LN_36_UPPER_BOUND) {
            return _ln_36(a) / ONE_18;
        } else {
            return _ln(a);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Internal natural logarithm (ln(a)) with signed 18 decimal fixed point argument.
     */
    function _ln(int256 a) private pure returns (int256) {
        if (a < ONE_18) {
            // Since ln(a^k) = k * ln(a), we can compute ln(a) as ln(a) = ln((1/a)^(-1)) = - ln((1/a)). If a is less
            // than one, 1/a will be greater than one, and this if statement will not be entered in the recursive call.
            // Fixed point division requires multiplying by ONE_18.
            return (-_ln((ONE_18 * ONE_18) / a));
        }

        // First, we use the fact that ln^(a * b) = ln(a) + ln(b) to decompose ln(a) into a sum of powers of two, which
        // we call x_n, where x_n == 2^(7 - n), which are the natural logarithm of precomputed quantities a_n (that is,
        // ln(a_n) = x_n). We choose the first x_n, x0, to equal 2^7 because the exponential of all larger powers cannot
        // be represented as 18 fixed point decimal numbers in 256 bits, and are therefore larger than a.
        // At the end of this process we will have the sum of all x_n = ln(a_n) that apply, and the remainder of this
        // decomposition, which will be lower than the smallest a_n.
        // ln(a) = k_0 * x_0 + k_1 * x_1 + ... + k_n * x_n + ln(remainder), where each k_n equals either 0 or 1.
        // We mutate a by subtracting a_n, making it the remainder of the decomposition.

        // For reasons related to how `exp` works, the first two a_n (e^(2^7) and e^(2^6)) are not stored as fixed point
        // numbers with 18 decimals, but instead as plain integers with 0 decimals, so we need to multiply them by
        // ONE_18 to convert them to fixed point.
        // For each a_n, we test if that term is present in the decomposition (if a is larger than it), and if so divide
        // by it and compute the accumulated sum.

        int256 sum = 0;
        if (a >= a0 * ONE_18) {
            a /= a0; // Integer, not fixed point division
            sum += x0;
        }

        if (a >= a1 * ONE_18) {
            a /= a1; // Integer, not fixed point division
            sum += x1;
        }

        // All other a_n and x_n are stored as 20 digit fixed point numbers, so we convert the sum and a to this format.
        sum *= 100;
        a *= 100;

        // Because further a_n are  20 digit fixed point numbers, we multiply by ONE_20 when dividing by them.

        if (a >= a2) {
            a = (a * ONE_20) / a2;
            sum += x2;
        }

        if (a >= a3) {
            a = (a * ONE_20) / a3;
            sum += x3;
        }

        if (a >= a4) {
            a = (a * ONE_20) / a4;
            sum += x4;
        }

        if (a >= a5) {
            a = (a * ONE_20) / a5;
            sum += x5;
        }

        if (a >= a6) {
            a = (a * ONE_20) / a6;
            sum += x6;
        }

        if (a >= a7) {
            a = (a * ONE_20) / a7;
            sum += x7;
        }

        if (a >= a8) {
            a = (a * ONE_20) / a8;
            sum += x8;
        }

        if (a >= a9) {
            a = (a * ONE_20) / a9;
            sum += x9;
        }

        if (a >= a10) {
            a = (a * ONE_20) / a10;
            sum += x10;
        }

        if (a >= a11) {
            a = (a * ONE_20) / a11;
            sum += x11;
        }

        // a is now a small number (smaller than a_11, which roughly equals 1.06). This means we can use a Taylor series
        // that converges rapidly for values of `a` close to one - the same one used in ln_36.
        // Let z = (a - 1) / (a + 1).
        // ln(a) = 2 * (z + z^3 / 3 + z^5 / 5 + z^7 / 7 + ... + z^(2 * n + 1) / (2 * n + 1))

        // Recall that 20 digit fixed point division requires multiplying by ONE_20, and multiplication requires
        // division by ONE_20.
        int256 z = ((a - ONE_20) * ONE_20) / (a + ONE_20);
        int256 z_squared = (z * z) / ONE_20;

        // num is the numerator of the series: the z^(2 * n + 1) term
        int256 num = z;

        // seriesSum holds the accumulated sum of each term in the series, starting with the initial z
        int256 seriesSum = num;

        // In each step, the numerator is multiplied by z^2
        num = (num * z_squared) / ONE_20;
        seriesSum += num / 3;

        num = (num * z_squared) / ONE_20;
        seriesSum += num / 5;

        num = (num * z_squared) / ONE_20;
        seriesSum += num / 7;

        num = (num * z_squared) / ONE_20;
        seriesSum += num / 9;

        num = (num * z_squared) / ONE_20;
        seriesSum += num / 11;

        // 6 Taylor terms are sufficient for 36 decimal precision.

        // Finally, we multiply by 2 (non fixed point) to compute ln(remainder)
        seriesSum *= 2;

        // We now have the sum of all x_n present, and the Taylor approximation of the logarithm of the remainder (both
        // with 20 decimals). All that remains is to sum these two, and then drop two digits to return a 18 decimal
        // value.

        return (sum + seriesSum) / 100;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Intrnal high precision (36 decimal places) natural logarithm (ln(x)) with signed 18 decimal fixed point argument,
     * for x close to one.
     *
     * Should only be used if x is between LN_36_LOWER_BOUND and LN_36_UPPER_BOUND.
     */
    function _ln_36(int256 x) private pure returns (int256) {
        // Since ln(1) = 0, a value of x close to one will yield a very small result, which makes using 36 digits
        // worthwhile.

        // First, we transform x to a 36 digit fixed point value.
        x *= ONE_18;

        // We will use the following Taylor expansion, which converges very rapidly. Let z = (x - 1) / (x + 1).
        // ln(x) = 2 * (z + z^3 / 3 + z^5 / 5 + z^7 / 7 + ... + z^(2 * n + 1) / (2 * n + 1))

        // Recall that 36 digit fixed point division requires multiplying by ONE_36, and multiplication requires
        // division by ONE_36.
        int256 z = ((x - ONE_36) * ONE_36) / (x + ONE_36);
        int256 z_squared = (z * z) / ONE_36;

        // num is the numerator of the series: the z^(2 * n + 1) term
        int256 num = z;

        // seriesSum holds the accumulated sum of each term in the series, starting with the initial z
        int256 seriesSum = num;

        // In each step, the numerator is multiplied by z^2
        num = (num * z_squared) / ONE_36;
        seriesSum += num / 3;

        num = (num * z_squared) / ONE_36;
        seriesSum += num / 5;

        num = (num * z_squared) / ONE_36;
        seriesSum += num / 7;

        num = (num * z_squared) / ONE_36;
        seriesSum += num / 9;

        num = (num * z_squared) / ONE_36;
        seriesSum += num / 11;

        num = (num * z_squared) / ONE_36;
        seriesSum += num / 13;

        num = (num * z_squared) / ONE_36;
        seriesSum += num / 15;

        // 8 Taylor terms are sufficient for 36 decimal precision.

        // All that remains is multiplying by 2 (non fixed point).
        return seriesSum * 2;
    }
}

// File: @balancer-labs/v2-vault/contracts/interfaces/IMinimalSwapInfoPool.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
// (at your option) any later version.

// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.

// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

pragma solidity ^0.7.0;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;

import "./IBasePool.sol";

/**
 * @dev Pool contracts with the MinimalSwapInfo or TwoToken specialization settings should implement this interface.
 *
 * This is called by the Vault when a user calls `IVault.swap` or `IVault.batchSwap` to swap with this Pool.
 * Returns the number of tokens the Pool will grant to the user in a 'given in' swap, or that the user will grant
 * to the pool in a 'given out' swap.
 *
 * This can often be implemented by a `view` function, since many pricing algorithms don't need to track state
 * changes in swaps. However, contracts implementing this in non-view functions should check that the caller is
 * indeed the Vault.
 */
interface IMinimalSwapInfoPool is IBasePool {
    function onSwap(
        SwapRequest memory swapRequest,
        uint256 currentBalanceTokenIn,
        uint256 currentBalanceTokenOut
    ) external returns (uint256 amount);
}

// File: @balancer-labs/v2-pool-utils/contracts/LegacyBasePool.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
// (at your option) any later version.

// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.

// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

pragma solidity ^0.7.0;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;

import "@balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/math/Math.sol";
import "@balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/math/FixedPoint.sol";
import "@balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/helpers/InputHelpers.sol";
import "@balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/helpers/TemporarilyPausable.sol";
import "@balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/helpers/WordCodec.sol";
import "@balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/openzeppelin/ERC20.sol";

import "@balancer-labs/v2-vault/contracts/interfaces/IVault.sol";
import "@balancer-labs/v2-vault/contracts/interfaces/IBasePool.sol";

import "@balancer-labs/v2-asset-manager-utils/contracts/IAssetManager.sol";

import "./BalancerPoolToken.sol";
import "./BasePoolAuthorization.sol";

// solhint-disable max-states-count

/**
 * @dev Reference implementation for the base layer of a Pool contract that manages a single Pool with optional
 * Asset Managers, an admin-controlled swap fee percentage, and an emergency pause mechanism.
 *
 * Note that neither swap fees nor the pause mechanism are used by this contract. They are passed through so that
 * derived contracts can use them via the `_addSwapFeeAmount` and `_subtractSwapFeeAmount` functions, and the
 * `whenNotPaused` modifier.
 *
 * No admin permissions are checked here: instead, this contract delegates that to the Vault's own Authorizer.
 *
 * Because this contract doesn't implement the swap hooks, derived contracts should generally inherit from
 * BaseGeneralPool or BaseMinimalSwapInfoPool. Otherwise, subclasses must inherit from the corresponding interfaces
 * and implement the swap callbacks themselves.
 */
abstract contract LegacyBasePool is IBasePool, BasePoolAuthorization, BalancerPoolToken, TemporarilyPausable {
    using WordCodec for bytes32;
    using FixedPoint for uint256;

    uint256 private constant _MIN_TOKENS = 2;

    uint256 private constant _DEFAULT_MINIMUM_BPT = 1e6;

    // 1e18 corresponds to 1.0, or a 100% fee
    uint256 internal constant _MIN_SWAP_FEE_PERCENTAGE = 1e12; // 0.0001%
    uint256 internal constant _MAX_SWAP_FEE_PERCENTAGE = 1e17; // 10% - this fits in 64 bits

    // Storage slot that can be used to store unrelated pieces of information. In particular, by default is used
    // to store only the swap fee percentage of a pool. But it can be extended to store some more pieces of information.
    // The swap fee percentage is stored in the most-significant 64 bits, therefore the remaining 192 bits can be
    // used to store any other piece of information.
    bytes32 private _miscData;
    uint256 private constant _SWAP_FEE_PERCENTAGE_OFFSET = 192;

    bytes32 private immutable _poolId;

    event SwapFeePercentageChanged(uint256 swapFeePercentage);

    constructor(
        IVault vault,
        IVault.PoolSpecialization specialization,
        string memory name,
        string memory symbol,
        IERC20[] memory tokens,
        address[] memory assetManagers,
        uint256 swapFeePercentage,
        uint256 pauseWindowDuration,
        uint256 bufferPeriodDuration,
        address owner
    )
        // Base Pools are expected to be deployed using factories. By using the factory address as the action
        // disambiguator, we make all Pools deployed by the same factory share action identifiers. This allows for
        // simpler management of permissions (such as being able to manage granting the 'set fee percentage' action in
        // any Pool created by the same factory), while still making action identifiers unique among different factories
        // if the selectors match, preventing accidental errors.
        Authentication(bytes32(uint256(msg.sender)))
        BalancerPoolToken(name, symbol, vault)
        BasePoolAuthorization(owner)
        TemporarilyPausable(pauseWindowDuration, bufferPeriodDuration)
    {
        _require(tokens.length >= _MIN_TOKENS, Errors.MIN_TOKENS);
        _require(tokens.length <= _getMaxTokens(), Errors.MAX_TOKENS);

        // The Vault only requires the token list to be ordered for the Two Token Pools specialization. However,
        // to make the developer experience consistent, we are requiring this condition for all the native pools.
        // Also, since these Pools will register tokens only once, we can ensure the Pool tokens will follow the same
        // order. We rely on this property to make Pools simpler to write, as it lets us assume that the
        // order of token-specific parameters (such as token weights) will not change.
        InputHelpers.ensureArrayIsSorted(tokens);

        _setSwapFeePercentage(swapFeePercentage);

        bytes32 poolId = vault.registerPool(specialization);

        vault.registerTokens(poolId, tokens, assetManagers);

        // Set immutable state variables - these cannot be read from during construction
        _poolId = poolId;
    }

    // Getters / Setters

    function getPoolId() public view override returns (bytes32) {
        return _poolId;
    }

    function _getTotalTokens() internal view virtual returns (uint256);

    function _getMaxTokens() internal pure virtual returns (uint256);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the minimum BPT supply. This amount is minted to the zero address during initialization, effectively
     * locking it.
     *
     * This is useful to make sure Pool initialization happens only once, but derived Pools can change this value (even
     * to zero) by overriding this function.
     */
    function _getMinimumBpt() internal pure virtual returns (uint256) {
        return _DEFAULT_MINIMUM_BPT;
    }

    function getSwapFeePercentage() public view returns (uint256) {
        return _miscData.decodeUint64(_SWAP_FEE_PERCENTAGE_OFFSET);
    }

    function setSwapFeePercentage(uint256 swapFeePercentage) public virtual authenticate whenNotPaused {
        _setSwapFeePercentage(swapFeePercentage);
    }

    function _setSwapFeePercentage(uint256 swapFeePercentage) private {
        _require(swapFeePercentage >= _MIN_SWAP_FEE_PERCENTAGE, Errors.MIN_SWAP_FEE_PERCENTAGE);
        _require(swapFeePercentage <= _MAX_SWAP_FEE_PERCENTAGE, Errors.MAX_SWAP_FEE_PERCENTAGE);

        _miscData = _miscData.insertUint64(swapFeePercentage, _SWAP_FEE_PERCENTAGE_OFFSET);
        emit SwapFeePercentageChanged(swapFeePercentage);
    }

    function setAssetManagerPoolConfig(IERC20 token, bytes memory poolConfig)
        public
        virtual
        authenticate
        whenNotPaused
    {
        _setAssetManagerPoolConfig(token, poolConfig);
    }

    function _setAssetManagerPoolConfig(IERC20 token, bytes memory poolConfig) private {
        bytes32 poolId = getPoolId();
        (, , , address assetManager) = getVault().getPoolTokenInfo(poolId, token);

        IAssetManager(assetManager).setConfig(poolId, poolConfig);
    }

    function setPaused(bool paused) external authenticate {
        _setPaused(paused);
    }

    function _isOwnerOnlyAction(bytes32 actionId) internal view virtual override returns (bool) {
        return
            (actionId == getActionId(this.setSwapFeePercentage.selector)) ||
            (actionId == getActionId(this.setAssetManagerPoolConfig.selector));
    }

    function _getMiscData() internal view returns (bytes32) {
        return _miscData;
    }

    /**
     * Inserts data into the least-significant 192 bits of the misc data storage slot.
     * Note that the remaining 64 bits are used for the swap fee percentage and cannot be overloaded.
     */
    function _setMiscData(bytes32 newData) internal {
        _miscData = _miscData.insertBits192(newData, 0);
    }

    // Join / Exit Hooks

    modifier onlyVault(bytes32 poolId) {
        _require(msg.sender == address(getVault()), Errors.CALLER_NOT_VAULT);
        _require(poolId == getPoolId(), Errors.INVALID_POOL_ID);
        _;
    }

    function onJoinPool(
        bytes32 poolId,
        address sender,
        address recipient,
        uint256[] memory balances,
        uint256 lastChangeBlock,
        uint256 protocolSwapFeePercentage,
        bytes memory userData
    ) public virtual override onlyVault(poolId) returns (uint256[] memory, uint256[] memory) {
        uint256[] memory scalingFactors = _scalingFactors();

        if (totalSupply() == 0) {
            (uint256 bptAmountOut, uint256[] memory amountsIn) = _onInitializePool(
                poolId,
                sender,
                recipient,
                scalingFactors,
                userData
            );

            // On initialization, we lock _getMinimumBpt() by minting it for the zero address. This BPT acts as a
            // minimum as it will never be burned, which reduces potential issues with rounding, and also prevents the
            // Pool from ever being fully drained.
            _require(bptAmountOut >= _getMinimumBpt(), Errors.MINIMUM_BPT);
            _mintPoolTokens(address(0), _getMinimumBpt());
            _mintPoolTokens(recipient, bptAmountOut - _getMinimumBpt());

            // amountsIn are amounts entering the Pool, so we round up.
            _downscaleUpArray(amountsIn, scalingFactors);

            return (amountsIn, new uint256[](_getTotalTokens()));
        } else {
            _upscaleArray(balances, scalingFactors);
            (uint256 bptAmountOut, uint256[] memory amountsIn, uint256[] memory dueProtocolFeeAmounts) = _onJoinPool(
                poolId,
                sender,
                recipient,
                balances,
                lastChangeBlock,
                protocolSwapFeePercentage,
                scalingFactors,
                userData
            );

            // Note we no longer use `balances` after calling `_onJoinPool`, which may mutate it.

            _mintPoolTokens(recipient, bptAmountOut);

            // amountsIn are amounts entering the Pool, so we round up.
            _downscaleUpArray(amountsIn, scalingFactors);
            // dueProtocolFeeAmounts are amounts exiting the Pool, so we round down.
            _downscaleDownArray(dueProtocolFeeAmounts, scalingFactors);

            return (amountsIn, dueProtocolFeeAmounts);
        }
    }

    function onExitPool(
        bytes32 poolId,
        address sender,
        address recipient,
        uint256[] memory balances,
        uint256 lastChangeBlock,
        uint256 protocolSwapFeePercentage,
        bytes memory userData
    ) public virtual override onlyVault(poolId) returns (uint256[] memory, uint256[] memory) {
        uint256[] memory scalingFactors = _scalingFactors();
        _upscaleArray(balances, scalingFactors);

        (uint256 bptAmountIn, uint256[] memory amountsOut, uint256[] memory dueProtocolFeeAmounts) = _onExitPool(
            poolId,
            sender,
            recipient,
            balances,
            lastChangeBlock,
            protocolSwapFeePercentage,
            scalingFactors,
            userData
        );

        // Note we no longer use `balances` after calling `_onExitPool`, which may mutate it.

        _burnPoolTokens(sender, bptAmountIn);

        // Both amountsOut and dueProtocolFeeAmounts are amounts exiting the Pool, so we round down.
        _downscaleDownArray(amountsOut, scalingFactors);
        _downscaleDownArray(dueProtocolFeeAmounts, scalingFactors);

        return (amountsOut, dueProtocolFeeAmounts);
    }

    // Query functions

    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of BPT that would be granted to `recipient` if the `onJoinPool` hook were called by the
     * Vault with the same arguments, along with the number of tokens `sender` would have to supply.
     *
     * This function is not meant to be called directly, but rather from a helper contract that fetches current Vault
     * data, such as the protocol swap fee percentage and Pool balances.
     *
     * Like `IVault.queryBatchSwap`, this function is not view due to internal implementation details: the caller must
     * explicitly use eth_call instead of eth_sendTransaction.
     */
    function queryJoin(
        bytes32 poolId,
        address sender,
        address recipient,
        uint256[] memory balances,
        uint256 lastChangeBlock,
        uint256 protocolSwapFeePercentage,
        bytes memory userData
    ) external returns (uint256 bptOut, uint256[] memory amountsIn) {
        InputHelpers.ensureInputLengthMatch(balances.length, _getTotalTokens());

        _queryAction(
            poolId,
            sender,
            recipient,
            balances,
            lastChangeBlock,
            protocolSwapFeePercentage,
            userData,
            _onJoinPool,
            _downscaleUpArray
        );

        // The `return` opcode is executed directly inside `_queryAction`, so execution never reaches this statement,
        // and we don't need to return anything here - it just silences compiler warnings.
        return (bptOut, amountsIn);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the amount of BPT that would be burned from `sender` if the `onExitPool` hook were called by the
     * Vault with the same arguments, along with the number of tokens `recipient` would receive.
     *
     * This function is not meant to be called directly, but rather from a helper contract that fetches current Vault
     * data, such as the protocol swap fee percentage and Pool balances.
     *
     * Like `IVault.queryBatchSwap`, this function is not view due to internal implementation details: the caller must
     * explicitly use eth_call instead of eth_sendTransaction.
     */
    function queryExit(
        bytes32 poolId,
        address sender,
        address recipient,
        uint256[] memory balances,
        uint256 lastChangeBlock,
        uint256 protocolSwapFeePercentage,
        bytes memory userData
    ) external returns (uint256 bptIn, uint256[] memory amountsOut) {
        InputHelpers.ensureInputLengthMatch(balances.length, _getTotalTokens());

        _queryAction(
            poolId,
            sender,
            recipient,
            balances,
            lastChangeBlock,
            protocolSwapFeePercentage,
            userData,
            _onExitPool,
            _downscaleDownArray
        );

        // The `return` opcode is executed directly inside `_queryAction`, so execution never reaches this statement,
        // and we don't need to return anything here - it just silences compiler warnings.
        return (bptIn, amountsOut);
    }

    // Internal hooks to be overridden by derived contracts - all token amounts (except BPT) in these interfaces are
    // upscaled.

    /**
     * @dev Called when the Pool is joined for the first time; that is, when the BPT total supply is zero.
     *
     * Returns the amount of BPT to mint, and the token amounts the Pool will receive in return.
     *
     * Minted BPT will be sent to `recipient`, except for _getMinimumBpt(), which will be deducted from this amount and
     * sent to the zero address instead. This will cause that BPT to remain forever locked there, preventing total BTP
     * from ever dropping below that value, and ensuring `_onInitializePool` can only be called once in the entire
     * Pool's lifetime.
     *
     * The tokens granted to the Pool will be transferred from `sender`. These amounts are considered upscaled and will
     * be downscaled (rounding up) before being returned to the Vault.
     */
    function _onInitializePool(
        bytes32 poolId,
        address sender,
        address recipient,
        uint256[] memory scalingFactors,
        bytes memory userData
    ) internal virtual returns (uint256 bptAmountOut, uint256[] memory amountsIn);

    /**
     * @dev Called whenever the Pool is joined after the first initialization join (see `_onInitializePool`).
     *
     * Returns the amount of BPT to mint, the token amounts that the Pool will receive in return, and the number of
     * tokens to pay in protocol swap fees.
     *
     * Implementations of this function might choose to mutate the `balances` array to save gas (e.g. when
     * performing intermediate calculations, such as subtraction of due protocol fees). This can be done safely.
     *
     * Minted BPT will be sent to `recipient`.
     *
     * The tokens granted to the Pool will be transferred from `sender`. These amounts are considered upscaled and will
     * be downscaled (rounding up) before being returned to the Vault.
     *
     * Due protocol swap fees will be taken from the Pool's balance in the Vault (see `IBasePool.onJoinPool`). These
     * amounts are considered upscaled and will be downscaled (rounding down) before being returned to the Vault.
     */
    function _onJoinPool(
        bytes32 poolId,
        address sender,
        address recipient,
        uint256[] memory balances,
        uint256 lastChangeBlock,
        uint256 protocolSwapFeePercentage,
        uint256[] memory scalingFactors,
        bytes memory userData
    )
        internal
        virtual
        returns (
            uint256 bptAmountOut,
            uint256[] memory amountsIn,
            uint256[] memory dueProtocolFeeAmounts
        );

    /**
     * @dev Called whenever the Pool is exited.
     *
     * Returns the amount of BPT to burn, the token amounts for each Pool token that the Pool will grant in return, and
     * the number of tokens to pay in protocol swap fees.
     *
     * Implementations of this function might choose to mutate the `balances` array to save gas (e.g. when
     * performing intermediate calculations, such as subtraction of due protocol fees). This can be done safely.
     *
     * BPT will be burnt from `sender`.
     *
     * The Pool will grant tokens to `recipient`. These amounts are considered upscaled and will be downscaled
     * (rounding down) before being returned to the Vault.
     *
     * Due protocol swap fees will be taken from the Pool's balance in the Vault (see `IBasePool.onExitPool`). These
     * amounts are considered upscaled and will be downscaled (rounding down) before being returned to the Vault.
     */
    function _onExitPool(
        bytes32 poolId,
        address sender,
        address recipient,
        uint256[] memory balances,
        uint256 lastChangeBlock,
        uint256 protocolSwapFeePercentage,
        uint256[] memory scalingFactors,
        bytes memory userData
    )
        internal
        virtual
        returns (
            uint256 bptAmountIn,
            uint256[] memory amountsOut,
            uint256[] memory dueProtocolFeeAmounts
        );

    // Internal functions

    /**
     * @dev Adds swap fee amount to `amount`, returning a higher value.
     */
    function _addSwapFeeAmount(uint256 amount) internal view returns (uint256) {
        // This returns amount + fee amount, so we round up (favoring a higher fee amount).
        return amount.divUp(FixedPoint.ONE.sub(getSwapFeePercentage()));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Subtracts swap fee amount from `amount`, returning a lower value.
     */
    function _subtractSwapFeeAmount(uint256 amount) internal view returns (uint256) {
        // This returns amount - fee amount, so we round up (favoring a higher fee amount).
        uint256 feeAmount = amount.mulUp(getSwapFeePercentage());
        return amount.sub(feeAmount);
    }

    // Scaling

    /**
     * @dev Returns a scaling factor that, when multiplied to a token amount for `token`, normalizes its balance as if
     * it had 18 decimals.
     */
    function _computeScalingFactor(IERC20 token) internal view returns (uint256) {
        if (address(token) == address(this)) {
            return FixedPoint.ONE;
        }

        // Tokens that don't implement the `decimals` method are not supported.
        uint256 tokenDecimals = ERC20(address(token)).decimals();

        // Tokens with more than 18 decimals are not supported.
        uint256 decimalsDifference = Math.sub(18, tokenDecimals);
        return FixedPoint.ONE * 10**decimalsDifference;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the scaling factor for one of the Pool's tokens. Reverts if `token` is not a token registered by the
     * Pool.
     *
     * All scaling factors are fixed-point values with 18 decimals, to allow for this function to be overridden by
     * derived contracts that need to apply further scaling, making these factors potentially non-integer.
     *
     * The largest 'base' scaling factor (i.e. in tokens with less than 18 decimals) is 10**18, which in fixed-point is
     * 10**36. This value can be multiplied with a 112 bit Vault balance with no overflow by a factor of ~1e7, making
     * even relatively 'large' factors safe to use.
     *
     * The 1e7 figure is the result of 2**256 / (1e18 * 1e18 * 2**112).
     */
    function _scalingFactor(IERC20 token) internal view virtual returns (uint256);

    /**
     * @dev Same as `_scalingFactor()`, except for all registered tokens (in the same order as registered). The Vault
     * will always pass balances in this order when calling any of the Pool hooks.
     */
    function _scalingFactors() internal view virtual returns (uint256[] memory);

    function getScalingFactors() external view returns (uint256[] memory) {
        return _scalingFactors();
    }

    /**
     * @dev Applies `scalingFactor` to `amount`, resulting in a larger or equal value depending on whether it needed
     * scaling or not.
     */
    function _upscale(uint256 amount, uint256 scalingFactor) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        // Upscale rounding wouldn't necessarily always go in the same direction: in a swap for example the balance of
        // token in should be rounded up, and that of token out rounded down. This is the only place where we round in
        // the same direction for all amounts, as the impact of this rounding is expected to be minimal (and there's no
        // rounding error unless `_scalingFactor()` is overriden).
        return FixedPoint.mulDown(amount, scalingFactor);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as `_upscale`, but for an entire array. This function does not return anything, but instead *mutates*
     * the `amounts` array.
     */
    function _upscaleArray(uint256[] memory amounts, uint256[] memory scalingFactors) internal view {
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < _getTotalTokens(); ++i) {
            amounts[i] = FixedPoint.mulDown(amounts[i], scalingFactors[i]);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Reverses the `scalingFactor` applied to `amount`, resulting in a smaller or equal value depending on
     * whether it needed scaling or not. The result is rounded down.
     */
    function _downscaleDown(uint256 amount, uint256 scalingFactor) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return FixedPoint.divDown(amount, scalingFactor);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as `_downscaleDown`, but for an entire array. This function does not return anything, but instead
     * *mutates* the `amounts` array.
     */
    function _downscaleDownArray(uint256[] memory amounts, uint256[] memory scalingFactors) internal view {
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < _getTotalTokens(); ++i) {
            amounts[i] = FixedPoint.divDown(amounts[i], scalingFactors[i]);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Reverses the `scalingFactor` applied to `amount`, resulting in a smaller or equal value depending on
     * whether it needed scaling or not. The result is rounded up.
     */
    function _downscaleUp(uint256 amount, uint256 scalingFactor) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return FixedPoint.divUp(amount, scalingFactor);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Same as `_downscaleUp`, but for an entire array. This function does not return anything, but instead
     * *mutates* the `amounts` array.
     */
    function _downscaleUpArray(uint256[] memory amounts, uint256[] memory scalingFactors) internal view {
        for (uint256 i = 0; i < _getTotalTokens(); ++i) {
            amounts[i] = FixedPoint.divUp(amounts[i], scalingFactors[i]);
        }
    }

    function _getAuthorizer() internal view override returns (IAuthorizer) {
        // Access control management is delegated to the Vault's Authorizer. This lets Balancer Governance manage which
        // accounts can call permissioned functions: for example, to perform emergency pauses.
        // If the owner is delegated, then *all* permissioned functions, including `setSwapFeePercentage`, will be under
        // Governance control.
        return getVault().getAuthorizer();
    }

    function _queryAction(
        bytes32 poolId,
        address sender,
        address recipient,
        uint256[] memory balances,
        uint256 lastChangeBlock,
        uint256 protocolSwapFeePercentage,
        bytes memory userData,
        function(bytes32, address, address, uint256[] memory, uint256, uint256, uint256[] memory, bytes memory)
            internal
            returns (uint256, uint256[] memory, uint256[] memory) _action,
        function(uint256[] memory, uint256[] memory) internal view _downscaleArray
    ) private {
        // This uses the same technique used by the Vault in queryBatchSwap. Refer to that function for a detailed
        // explanation.

        if (msg.sender != address(this)) {
            // We perform an external call to ourselves, forwarding the same calldata. In this call, the else clause of
            // the preceding if statement will be executed instead.

            // solhint-disable-next-line avoid-low-level-calls
            (bool success, ) = address(this).call(msg.data);

            // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
            assembly {
                // This call should always revert to decode the bpt and token amounts from the revert reason
                switch success
                    case 0 {
                        // Note we are manually writing the memory slot 0. We can safely overwrite whatever is
                        // stored there as we take full control of the execution and then immediately return.

                        // We copy the first 4 bytes to check if it matches with the expected signature, otherwise
                        // there was another revert reason and we should forward it.
                        returndatacopy(0, 0, 0x04)
                        let error := and(mload(0), 0xffffffff00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000)

                        // If the first 4 bytes don't match with the expected signature, we forward the revert reason.
                        if eq(eq(error, 0x43adbafb00000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000), 0) {
                            returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
                            revert(0, returndatasize())
                        }

                        // The returndata contains the signature, followed by the raw memory representation of the
                        // `bptAmount` and `tokenAmounts` (array: length + data). We need to return an ABI-encoded
                        // representation of these.
                        // An ABI-encoded response will include one additional field to indicate the starting offset of
                        // the `tokenAmounts` array. The `bptAmount` will be laid out in the first word of the
                        // returndata.
                        //
                        // In returndata:
                        // [ signature ][ bptAmount ][ tokenAmounts length ][ tokenAmounts values ]
                        // [  4 bytes  ][  32 bytes ][       32 bytes      ][ (32 * length) bytes ]
                        //
                        // We now need to return (ABI-encoded values):
                        // [ bptAmount ][ tokeAmounts offset ][ tokenAmounts length ][ tokenAmounts values ]
                        // [  32 bytes ][       32 bytes     ][       32 bytes      ][ (32 * length) bytes ]

                        // We copy 32 bytes for the `bptAmount` from returndata into memory.
                        // Note that we skip the first 4 bytes for the error signature
                        returndatacopy(0, 0x04, 32)

                        // The offsets are 32-bytes long, so the array of `tokenAmounts` will start after
                        // the initial 64 bytes.
                        mstore(0x20, 64)

                        // We now copy the raw memory array for the `tokenAmounts` from returndata into memory.
                        // Since bpt amount and offset take up 64 bytes, we start copying at address 0x40. We also
                        // skip the first 36 bytes from returndata, which correspond to the signature plus bpt amount.
                        returndatacopy(0x40, 0x24, sub(returndatasize(), 36))

                        // We finally return the ABI-encoded uint256 and the array, which has a total length equal to
                        // the size of returndata, plus the 32 bytes of the offset but without the 4 bytes of the
                        // error signature.
                        return(0, add(returndatasize(), 28))
                    }
                    default {
                        // This call should always revert, but we fail nonetheless if that didn't happen
                        invalid()
                    }
            }
        } else {
            uint256[] memory scalingFactors = _scalingFactors();
            _upscaleArray(balances, scalingFactors);

            (uint256 bptAmount, uint256[] memory tokenAmounts, ) = _action(
                poolId,
                sender,
                recipient,
                balances,
                lastChangeBlock,
                protocolSwapFeePercentage,
                scalingFactors,
                userData
            );

            _downscaleArray(tokenAmounts, scalingFactors);

            // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
            assembly {
                // We will return a raw representation of `bptAmount` and `tokenAmounts` in memory, which is composed of
                // a 32-byte uint256, followed by a 32-byte for the array length, and finally the 32-byte uint256 values
                // Because revert expects a size in bytes, we multiply the array length (stored at `tokenAmounts`) by 32
                let size := mul(mload(tokenAmounts), 32)

                // We store the `bptAmount` in the previous slot to the `tokenAmounts` array. We can make sure there
                // will be at least one available slot due to how the memory scratch space works.
                // We can safely overwrite whatever is stored in this slot as we will revert immediately after that.
                let start := sub(tokenAmounts, 0x20)
                mstore(start, bptAmount)

                // We send one extra value for the error signature "QueryError(uint256,uint256[])" which is 0x43adbafb
                // We use the previous slot to `bptAmount`.
                mstore(sub(start, 0x20), 0x0000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000000043adbafb)
                start := sub(start, 0x04)

                // When copying from `tokenAmounts` into returndata, we copy the additional 68 bytes to also return
                // the `bptAmount`, the array 's length, and the error signature.
                revert(start, add(size, 68))
            }
        }
    }
}

// File: @balancer-labs/v2-vault/contracts/interfaces/IBasePool.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
// (at your option) any later version.

// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.

// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

pragma solidity ^0.7.0;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;

import "./IVault.sol";
import "./IPoolSwapStructs.sol";

/**
 * @dev Interface for adding and removing liquidity that all Pool contracts should implement. Note that this is not
 * the complete Pool contract interface, as it is missing the swap hooks. Pool contracts should also inherit from
 * either IGeneralPool or IMinimalSwapInfoPool
 */
interface IBasePool is IPoolSwapStructs {
    /**
     * @dev Called by the Vault when a user calls `IVault.joinPool` to add liquidity to this Pool. Returns how many of
     * each registered token the user should provide, as well as the amount of protocol fees the Pool owes to the Vault.
     * The Vault will then take tokens from `sender` and add them to the Pool's balances, as well as collect
     * the reported amount in protocol fees, which the pool should calculate based on `protocolSwapFeePercentage`.
     *
     * Protocol fees are reported and charged on join events so that the Pool is free of debt whenever new users join.
     *
     * `sender` is the account performing the join (from which tokens will be withdrawn), and `recipient` is the account
     * designated to receive any benefits (typically pool shares). `balances` contains the total balances
     * for each token the Pool registered in the Vault, in the same order that `IVault.getPoolTokens` would return.
     *
     * `lastChangeBlock` is the last block in which *any* of the Pool's registered tokens last changed its total
     * balance.
     *
     * `userData` contains any pool-specific instructions needed to perform the calculations, such as the type of
     * join (e.g., proportional given an amount of pool shares, single-asset, multi-asset, etc.)
     *
     * Contracts implementing this function should check that the caller is indeed the Vault before performing any
     * state-changing operations, such as minting pool shares.
     */
    function onJoinPool(
        bytes32 poolId,
        address sender,
        address recipient,
        uint256[] memory balances,
        uint256 lastChangeBlock,
        uint256 protocolSwapFeePercentage,
        bytes memory userData
    ) external returns (uint256[] memory amountsIn, uint256[] memory dueProtocolFeeAmounts);

    /**
     * @dev Called by the Vault when a user calls `IVault.exitPool` to remove liquidity from this Pool. Returns how many
     * tokens the Vault should deduct from the Pool's balances, as well as the amount of protocol fees the Pool owes
     * to the Vault. The Vault will then take tokens from the Pool's balances and send them to `recipient`,
     * as well as collect the reported amount in protocol fees, which the Pool should calculate based on
     * `protocolSwapFeePercentage`.
     *
     * Protocol fees are charged on exit events to guarantee that users exiting the Pool have paid their share.
     *
     * `sender` is the account performing the exit (typically the pool shareholder), and `recipient` is the account
     * to which the Vault will send the proceeds. `balances` contains the total token balances for each token
     * the Pool registered in the Vault, in the same order that `IVault.getPoolTokens` would return.
     *
     * `lastChangeBlock` is the last block in which *any* of the Pool's registered tokens last changed its total
     * balance.
     *
     * `userData` contains any pool-specific instructions needed to perform the calculations, such as the type of
     * exit (e.g., proportional given an amount of pool shares, single-asset, multi-asset, etc.)
     *
     * Contracts implementing this function should check that the caller is indeed the Vault before performing any
     * state-changing operations, such as burning pool shares.
     */
    function onExitPool(
        bytes32 poolId,
        address sender,
        address recipient,
        uint256[] memory balances,
        uint256 lastChangeBlock,
        uint256 protocolSwapFeePercentage,
        bytes memory userData
    ) external returns (uint256[] memory amountsOut, uint256[] memory dueProtocolFeeAmounts);

    function getPoolId() external view returns (bytes32);
}

// File: @balancer-labs/v2-vault/contracts/interfaces/IVault.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
// (at your option) any later version.

// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.

// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;

import "@balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/openzeppelin/IERC20.sol";
import "@balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/helpers/ISignaturesValidator.sol";
import "@balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/helpers/ITemporarilyPausable.sol";
import "@balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/misc/IWETH.sol";

import "./IAsset.sol";
import "./IAuthorizer.sol";
import "./IFlashLoanRecipient.sol";
import "./IProtocolFeesCollector.sol";

pragma solidity ^0.7.0;

/**
 * @dev Full external interface for the Vault core contract - no external or public methods exist in the contract that
 * don't override one of these declarations.
 */
interface IVault is ISignaturesValidator, ITemporarilyPausable {
    // Generalities about the Vault:
    //
    // - Whenever documentation refers to 'tokens', it strictly refers to ERC20-compliant token contracts. Tokens are
    // transferred out of the Vault by calling the `IERC20.transfer` function, and transferred in by calling
    // `IERC20.transferFrom`. In these cases, the sender must have previously allowed the Vault to use their tokens by
    // calling `IERC20.approve`. The only deviation from the ERC20 standard that is supported is functions not returning
    // a boolean value: in these scenarios, a non-reverting call is assumed to be successful.
    //
    // - All non-view functions in the Vault are non-reentrant: calling them while another one is mid-execution (e.g.
    // while execution control is transferred to a token contract during a swap) will result in a revert. View
    // functions can be called in a re-reentrant way, but doing so might cause them to return inconsistent results.
    // Contracts calling view functions in the Vault must make sure the Vault has not already been entered.
    //
    // - View functions revert if referring to either unregistered Pools, or unregistered tokens for registered Pools.

    // Authorizer
    //
    // Some system actions are permissioned, like setting and collecting protocol fees. This permissioning system exists
    // outside of the Vault in the Authorizer contract: the Vault simply calls the Authorizer to check if the caller
    // can perform a given action.

    /**
     * @dev Returns the Vault's Authorizer.
     */
    function getAuthorizer() external view returns (IAuthorizer);

    /**
     * @dev Sets a new Authorizer for the Vault. The caller must be allowed by the current Authorizer to do this.
     *
     * Emits an `AuthorizerChanged` event.
     */
    function setAuthorizer(IAuthorizer newAuthorizer) external;

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when a new authorizer is set by `setAuthorizer`.
     */
    event AuthorizerChanged(IAuthorizer indexed newAuthorizer);

    // Relayers
    //
    // Additionally, it is possible for an account to perform certain actions on behalf of another one, using their
    // Vault ERC20 allowance and Internal Balance. These accounts are said to be 'relayers' for these Vault functions,
    // and are expected to be smart contracts with sound authentication mechanisms. For an account to be able to wield
    // this power, two things must occur:
    //  - The Authorizer must grant the account the permission to be a relayer for the relevant Vault function. This
    //    means that Balancer governance must approve each individual contract to act as a relayer for the intended
    //    functions.
    //  - Each user must approve the relayer to act on their behalf.
    // This double protection means users cannot be tricked into approving malicious relayers (because they will not
    // have been allowed by the Authorizer via governance), nor can malicious relayers approved by a compromised
    // Authorizer or governance drain user funds, since they would also need to be approved by each individual user.

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `user` has approved `relayer` to act as a relayer for them.
     */
    function hasApprovedRelayer(address user, address relayer) external view returns (bool);

    /**
     * @dev Allows `relayer` to act as a relayer for `sender` if `approved` is true, and disallows it otherwise.
     *
     * Emits a `RelayerApprovalChanged` event.
     */
    function setRelayerApproval(
        address sender,
        address relayer,
        bool approved
    ) external;

    /**
     * @dev Emitted every time a relayer is approved or disapproved by `setRelayerApproval`.
     */
    event RelayerApprovalChanged(address indexed relayer, address indexed sender, bool approved);

    // Internal Balance
    //
    // Users can deposit tokens into the Vault, where they are allocated to their Internal Balance, and later
    // transferred or withdrawn. It can also be used as a source of tokens when joining Pools, as a destination
    // when exiting them, and as either when performing swaps. This usage of Internal Balance results in greatly reduced
    // gas costs when compared to relying on plain ERC20 transfers, leading to large savings for frequent users.
    //
    // Internal Balance management features batching, which means a single contract call can be used to perform multiple
    // operations of different kinds, with different senders and recipients, at once.

    /**
     * @dev Returns `user`'s Internal Balance for a set of tokens.
     */
    function getInternalBalance(address user, IERC20[] memory tokens) external view returns (uint256[] memory);

    /**
     * @dev Performs a set of user balance operations, which involve Internal Balance (deposit, withdraw or transfer)
     * and plain ERC20 transfers using the Vault's allowance. This last feature is particularly useful for relayers, as
     * it lets integrators reuse a user's Vault allowance.
     *
     * For each operation, if the caller is not `sender`, it must be an authorized relayer for them.
     */
    function manageUserBalance(UserBalanceOp[] memory ops) external payable;

    /**
     * @dev Data for `manageUserBalance` operations, which include the possibility for ETH to be sent and received
     without manual WETH wrapping or unwrapping.
     */
    struct UserBalanceOp {
        UserBalanceOpKind kind;
        IAsset asset;
        uint256 amount;
        address sender;
        address payable recipient;
    }

    // There are four possible operations in `manageUserBalance`:
    //
    // - DEPOSIT_INTERNAL
    // Increases the Internal Balance of the `recipient` account by transferring tokens from the corresponding
    // `sender`. The sender must have allowed the Vault to use their tokens via `IERC20.approve()`.
    //
    // ETH can be used by passing the ETH sentinel value as the asset and forwarding ETH in the call: it will be wrapped
    // and deposited as WETH. Any ETH amount remaining will be sent back to the caller (not the sender, which is
    // relevant for relayers).
    //
    // Emits an `InternalBalanceChanged` event.
    //
    //
    // - WITHDRAW_INTERNAL
    // Decreases the Internal Balance of the `sender` account by transferring tokens to the `recipient`.
    //
    // ETH can be used by passing the ETH sentinel value as the asset. This will deduct WETH instead, unwrap it and send
    // it to the recipient as ETH.
    //
    // Emits an `InternalBalanceChanged` event.
    //
    //
    // - TRANSFER_INTERNAL
    // Transfers tokens from the Internal Balance of the `sender` account to the Internal Balance of `recipient`.
    //
    // Reverts if the ETH sentinel value is passed.
    //
    // Emits an `InternalBalanceChanged` event.
    //
    //
    // - TRANSFER_EXTERNAL
    // Transfers tokens from `sender` to `recipient`, using the Vault's ERC20 allowance. This is typically used by
    // relayers, as it lets them reuse a user's Vault allowance.
    //
    // Reverts if the ETH sentinel value is passed.
    //
    // Emits an `ExternalBalanceTransfer` event.

    enum UserBalanceOpKind { DEPOSIT_INTERNAL, WITHDRAW_INTERNAL, TRANSFER_INTERNAL, TRANSFER_EXTERNAL }

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when a user's Internal Balance changes, either from calls to `manageUserBalance`, or through
     * interacting with Pools using Internal Balance.
     *
     * Because Internal Balance works exclusively with ERC20 tokens, ETH deposits and withdrawals will use the WETH
     * address.
     */
    event InternalBalanceChanged(address indexed user, IERC20 indexed token, int256 delta);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when a user's Vault ERC20 allowance is used by the Vault to transfer tokens to an external account.
     */
    event ExternalBalanceTransfer(IERC20 indexed token, address indexed sender, address recipient, uint256 amount);

    // Pools
    //
    // There are three specialization settings for Pools, which allow for cheaper swaps at the cost of reduced
    // functionality:
    //
    //  - General: no specialization, suited for all Pools. IGeneralPool is used for swap request callbacks, passing the
    // balance of all tokens in the Pool. These Pools have the largest swap costs (because of the extra storage reads),
    // which increase with the number of registered tokens.
    //
    //  - Minimal Swap Info: IMinimalSwapInfoPool is used instead of IGeneralPool, which saves gas by only passing the
    // balance of the two tokens involved in the swap. This is suitable for some pricing algorithms, like the weighted
    // constant product one popularized by Balancer V1. Swap costs are smaller compared to general Pools, and are
    // independent of the number of registered tokens.
    //
    //  - Two Token: only allows two tokens to be registered. This achieves the lowest possible swap gas cost. Like
    // minimal swap info Pools, these are called via IMinimalSwapInfoPool.

    enum PoolSpecialization { GENERAL, MINIMAL_SWAP_INFO, TWO_TOKEN }

    /**
     * @dev Registers the caller account as a Pool with a given specialization setting. Returns the Pool's ID, which
     * is used in all Pool-related functions. Pools cannot be deregistered, nor can the Pool's specialization be
     * changed.
     *
     * The caller is expected to be a smart contract that implements either `IGeneralPool` or `IMinimalSwapInfoPool`,
     * depending on the chosen specialization setting. This contract is known as the Pool's contract.
     *
     * Note that the same contract may register itself as multiple Pools with unique Pool IDs, or in other words,
     * multiple Pools may share the same contract.
     *
     * Emits a `PoolRegistered` event.
     */
    function registerPool(PoolSpecialization specialization) external returns (bytes32);

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when a Pool is registered by calling `registerPool`.
     */
    event PoolRegistered(bytes32 indexed poolId, address indexed poolAddress, PoolSpecialization specialization);

    /**
     * @dev Returns a Pool's contract address and specialization setting.
     */
    function getPool(bytes32 poolId) external view returns (address, PoolSpecialization);

    /**
     * @dev Registers `tokens` for the `poolId` Pool. Must be called by the Pool's contract.
     *
     * Pools can only interact with tokens they have registered. Users join a Pool by transferring registered tokens,
     * exit by receiving registered tokens, and can only swap registered tokens.
     *
     * Each token can only be registered once. For Pools with the Two Token specialization, `tokens` must have a length
     * of two, that is, both tokens must be registered in the same `registerTokens` call, and they must be sorted in
     * ascending order.
     *
     * The `tokens` and `assetManagers` arrays must have the same length, and each entry in these indicates the Asset
     * Manager for the corresponding token. Asset Managers can manage a Pool's tokens via `managePoolBalance`,
     * depositing and withdrawing them directly, and can even set their balance to arbitrary amounts. They are therefore
     * expected to be highly secured smart contracts with sound design principles, and the decision to register an
     * Asset Manager should not be made lightly.
     *
     * Pools can choose not to assign an Asset Manager to a given token by passing in the zero address. Once an Asset
     * Manager is set, it cannot be changed except by deregistering the associated token and registering again with a
     * different Asset Manager.
     *
     * Emits a `TokensRegistered` event.
     */
    function registerTokens(
        bytes32 poolId,
        IERC20[] memory tokens,
        address[] memory assetManagers
    ) external;

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when a Pool registers tokens by calling `registerTokens`.
     */
    event TokensRegistered(bytes32 indexed poolId, IERC20[] tokens, address[] assetManagers);

    /**
     * @dev Deregisters `tokens` for the `poolId` Pool. Must be called by the Pool's contract.
     *
     * Only registered tokens (via `registerTokens`) can be deregistered. Additionally, they must have zero total
     * balance. For Pools with the Two Token specialization, `tokens` must have a length of two, that is, both tokens
     * must be deregistered in the same `deregisterTokens` call.
     *
     * A deregistered token can be re-registered later on, possibly with a different Asset Manager.
     *
     * Emits a `TokensDeregistered` event.
     */
    function deregisterTokens(bytes32 poolId, IERC20[] memory tokens) external;

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when a Pool deregisters tokens by calling `deregisterTokens`.
     */
    event TokensDeregistered(bytes32 indexed poolId, IERC20[] tokens);

    /**
     * @dev Returns detailed information for a Pool's registered token.
     *
     * `cash` is the number of tokens the Vault currently holds for the Pool. `managed` is the number of tokens
     * withdrawn and held outside the Vault by the Pool's token Asset Manager. The Pool's total balance for `token`
     * equals the sum of `cash` and `managed`.
     *
     * Internally, `cash` and `managed` are stored using 112 bits. No action can ever cause a Pool's token `cash`,
     * `managed` or `total` balance to be greater than 2^112 - 1.
     *
     * `lastChangeBlock` is the number of the block in which `token`'s total balance was last modified (via either a
     * join, exit, swap, or Asset Manager update). This value is useful to avoid so-called 'sandwich attacks', for
     * example when developing price oracles. A change of zero (e.g. caused by a swap with amount zero) is considered a
     * change for this purpose, and will update `lastChangeBlock`.
     *
     * `assetManager` is the Pool's token Asset Manager.
     */
    function getPoolTokenInfo(bytes32 poolId, IERC20 token)
        external
        view
        returns (
            uint256 cash,
            uint256 managed,
            uint256 lastChangeBlock,
            address assetManager
        );

    /**
     * @dev Returns a Pool's registered tokens, the total balance for each, and the latest block when *any* of
     * the tokens' `balances` changed.
     *
     * The order of the `tokens` array is the same order that will be used in `joinPool`, `exitPool`, as well as in all
     * Pool hooks (where applicable). Calls to `registerTokens` and `deregisterTokens` may change this order.
     *
     * If a Pool only registers tokens once, and these are sorted in ascending order, they will be stored in the same
     * order as passed to `registerTokens`.
     *
     * Total balances include both tokens held by the Vault and those withdrawn by the Pool's Asset Managers. These are
     * the amounts used by joins, exits and swaps. For a detailed breakdown of token balances, use `getPoolTokenInfo`
     * instead.
     */
    function getPoolTokens(bytes32 poolId)
        external
        view
        returns (
            IERC20[] memory tokens,
            uint256[] memory balances,
            uint256 lastChangeBlock
        );

    /**
     * @dev Called by users to join a Pool, which transfers tokens from `sender` into the Pool's balance. This will
     * trigger custom Pool behavior, which will typically grant something in return to `recipient` - often tokenized
     * Pool shares.
     *
     * If the caller is not `sender`, it must be an authorized relayer for them.
     *
     * The `assets` and `maxAmountsIn` arrays must have the same length, and each entry indicates the maximum amount
     * to send for each asset. The amounts to send are decided by the Pool and not the Vault: it just enforces
     * these maximums.
     *
     * If joining a Pool that holds WETH, it is possible to send ETH directly: the Vault will do the wrapping. To enable
     * this mechanism, the IAsset sentinel value (the zero address) must be passed in the `assets` array instead of the
     * WETH address. Note that it is not possible to combine ETH and WETH in the same join. Any excess ETH will be sent
     * back to the caller (not the sender, which is important for relayers).
     *
     * `assets` must have the same length and order as the array returned by `getPoolTokens`. This prevents issues when
     * interacting with Pools that register and deregister tokens frequently. If sending ETH however, the array must be
     * sorted *before* replacing the WETH address with the ETH sentinel value (the zero address), which means the final
     * `assets` array might not be sorted. Pools with no registered tokens cannot be joined.
     *
     * If `fromInternalBalance` is true, the caller's Internal Balance will be preferred: ERC20 transfers will only
     * be made for the difference between the requested amount and Internal Balance (if any). Note that ETH cannot be
     * withdrawn from Internal Balance: attempting to do so will trigger a revert.
     *
     * This causes the Vault to call the `IBasePool.onJoinPool` hook on the Pool's contract, where Pools implement
     * their own custom logic. This typically requires additional information from the user (such as the expected number
     * of Pool shares). This can be encoded in the `userData` argument, which is ignored by the Vault and passed
     * directly to the Pool's contract, as is `recipient`.
     *
     * Emits a `PoolBalanceChanged` event.
     */
    function joinPool(
        bytes32 poolId,
        address sender,
        address recipient,
        JoinPoolRequest memory request
    ) external payable;

    struct JoinPoolRequest {
        IAsset[] assets;
        uint256[] maxAmountsIn;
        bytes userData;
        bool fromInternalBalance;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Called by users to exit a Pool, which transfers tokens from the Pool's balance to `recipient`. This will
     * trigger custom Pool behavior, which will typically ask for something in return from `sender` - often tokenized
     * Pool shares. The amount of tokens that can be withdrawn is limited by the Pool's `cash` balance (see
     * `getPoolTokenInfo`).
     *
     * If the caller is not `sender`, it must be an authorized relayer for them.
     *
     * The `tokens` and `minAmountsOut` arrays must have the same length, and each entry in these indicates the minimum
     * token amount to receive for each token contract. The amounts to send are decided by the Pool and not the Vault:
     * it just enforces these minimums.
     *
     * If exiting a Pool that holds WETH, it is possible to receive ETH directly: the Vault will do the unwrapping. To
     * enable this mechanism, the IAsset sentinel value (the zero address) must be passed in the `assets` array instead
     * of the WETH address. Note that it is not possible to combine ETH and WETH in the same exit.
     *
     * `assets` must have the same length and order as the array returned by `getPoolTokens`. This prevents issues when
     * interacting with Pools that register and deregister tokens frequently. If receiving ETH however, the array must
     * be sorted *before* replacing the WETH address with the ETH sentinel value (the zero address), which means the
     * final `assets` array might not be sorted. Pools with no registered tokens cannot be exited.
     *
     * If `toInternalBalance` is true, the tokens will be deposited to `recipient`'s Internal Balance. Otherwise,
     * an ERC20 transfer will be performed. Note that ETH cannot be deposited to Internal Balance: attempting to
     * do so will trigger a revert.
     *
     * `minAmountsOut` is the minimum amount of tokens the user expects to get out of the Pool, for each token in the
     * `tokens` array. This array must match the Pool's registered tokens.
     *
     * This causes the Vault to call the `IBasePool.onExitPool` hook on the Pool's contract, where Pools implement
     * their own custom logic. This typically requires additional information from the user (such as the expected number
     * of Pool shares to return). This can be encoded in the `userData` argument, which is ignored by the Vault and
     * passed directly to the Pool's contract.
     *
     * Emits a `PoolBalanceChanged` event.
     */
    function exitPool(
        bytes32 poolId,
        address sender,
        address payable recipient,
        ExitPoolRequest memory request
    ) external;

    struct ExitPoolRequest {
        IAsset[] assets;
        uint256[] minAmountsOut;
        bytes userData;
        bool toInternalBalance;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when a user joins or exits a Pool by calling `joinPool` or `exitPool`, respectively.
     */
    event PoolBalanceChanged(
        bytes32 indexed poolId,
        address indexed liquidityProvider,
        IERC20[] tokens,
        int256[] deltas,
        uint256[] protocolFeeAmounts
    );

    enum PoolBalanceChangeKind { JOIN, EXIT }

    // Swaps
    //
    // Users can swap tokens with Pools by calling the `swap` and `batchSwap` functions. To do this,
    // they need not trust Pool contracts in any way: all security checks are made by the Vault. They must however be
    // aware of the Pools' pricing algorithms in order to estimate the prices Pools will quote.
    //
    // The `swap` function executes a single swap, while `batchSwap` can perform multiple swaps in sequence.
    // In each individual swap, tokens of one kind are sent from the sender to the Pool (this is the 'token in'),
    // and tokens of another kind are sent from the Pool to the recipient in exchange (this is the 'token out').
    // More complex swaps, such as one token in to multiple tokens out can be achieved by batching together
    // individual swaps.
    //
    // There are two swap kinds:
    //  - 'given in' swaps, where the amount of tokens in (sent to the Pool) is known, and the Pool determines (via the
    // `onSwap` hook) the amount of tokens out (to send to the recipient).
    //  - 'given out' swaps, where the amount of tokens out (received from the Pool) is known, and the Pool determines
    // (via the `onSwap` hook) the amount of tokens in (to receive from the sender).
    //
    // Additionally, it is possible to chain swaps using a placeholder input amount, which the Vault replaces with
    // the calculated output of the previous swap. If the previous swap was 'given in', this will be the calculated
    // tokenOut amount. If the previous swap was 'given out', it will use the calculated tokenIn amount. These extended
    // swaps are known as 'multihop' swaps, since they 'hop' through a number of intermediate tokens before arriving at
    // the final intended token.
    //
    // In all cases, tokens are only transferred in and out of the Vault (or withdrawn from and deposited into Internal
    // Balance) after all individual swaps have been completed, and the net token balance change computed. This makes
    // certain swap patterns, such as multihops, or swaps that interact with the same token pair in multiple Pools, cost
    // much less gas than they would otherwise.
    //
    // It also means that under certain conditions it is possible to perform arbitrage by swapping with multiple
    // Pools in a way that results in net token movement out of the Vault (profit), with no tokens being sent in (only
    // updating the Pool's internal accounting).
    //
    // To protect users from front-running or the market changing rapidly, they supply a list of 'limits' for each token
    // involved in the swap, where either the maximum number of tokens to send (by passing a positive value) or the
    // minimum amount of tokens to receive (by passing a negative value) is specified.
    //
    // Additionally, a 'deadline' timestamp can also be provided, forcing the swap to fail if it occurs after
    // this point in time (e.g. if the transaction failed to be included in a block promptly).
    //
    // If interacting with Pools that hold WETH, it is possible to both send and receive ETH directly: the Vault will do
    // the wrapping and unwrapping. To enable this mechanism, the IAsset sentinel value (the zero address) must be
    // passed in the `assets` array instead of the WETH address. Note that it is possible to combine ETH and WETH in the
    // same swap. Any excess ETH will be sent back to the caller (not the sender, which is relevant for relayers).
    //
    // Finally, Internal Balance can be used when either sending or receiving tokens.

    enum SwapKind { GIVEN_IN, GIVEN_OUT }

    /**
     * @dev Performs a swap with a single Pool.
     *
     * If the swap is 'given in' (the number of tokens to send to the Pool is known), it returns the amount of tokens
     * taken from the Pool, which must be greater than or equal to `limit`.
     *
     * If the swap is 'given out' (the number of tokens to take from the Pool is known), it returns the amount of tokens
     * sent to the Pool, which must be less than or equal to `limit`.
     *
     * Internal Balance usage and the recipient are determined by the `funds` struct.
     *
     * Emits a `Swap` event.
     */
    function swap(
        SingleSwap memory singleSwap,
        FundManagement memory funds,
        uint256 limit,
        uint256 deadline
    ) external payable returns (uint256);

    /**
     * @dev Data for a single swap executed by `swap`. `amount` is either `amountIn` or `amountOut` depending on
     * the `kind` value.
     *
     * `assetIn` and `assetOut` are either token addresses, or the IAsset sentinel value for ETH (the zero address).
     * Note that Pools never interact with ETH directly: it will be wrapped to or unwrapped from WETH by the Vault.
     *
     * The `userData` field is ignored by the Vault, but forwarded to the Pool in the `onSwap` hook, and may be
     * used to extend swap behavior.
     */
    struct SingleSwap {
        bytes32 poolId;
        SwapKind kind;
        IAsset assetIn;
        IAsset assetOut;
        uint256 amount;
        bytes userData;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Performs a series of swaps with one or multiple Pools. In each individual swap, the caller determines either
     * the amount of tokens sent to or received from the Pool, depending on the `kind` value.
     *
     * Returns an array with the net Vault asset balance deltas. Positive amounts represent tokens (or ETH) sent to the
     * Vault, and negative amounts represent tokens (or ETH) sent by the Vault. Each delta corresponds to the asset at
     * the same index in the `assets` array.
     *
     * Swaps are executed sequentially, in the order specified by the `swaps` array. Each array element describes a
     * Pool, the token to be sent to this Pool, the token to receive from it, and an amount that is either `amountIn` or
     * `amountOut` depending on the swap kind.
     *
     * Multihop swaps can be executed by passing an `amount` value of zero for a swap. This will cause the amount in/out
     * of the previous swap to be used as the amount in for the current one. In a 'given in' swap, 'tokenIn' must equal
     * the previous swap's `tokenOut`. For a 'given out' swap, `tokenOut` must equal the previous swap's `tokenIn`.
     *
     * The `assets` array contains the addresses of all assets involved in the swaps. These are either token addresses,
     * or the IAsset sentinel value for ETH (the zero address). Each entry in the `swaps` array specifies tokens in and
     * out by referencing an index in `assets`. Note that Pools never interact with ETH directly: it will be wrapped to
     * or unwrapped from WETH by the Vault.
     *
     * Internal Balance usage, sender, and recipient are determined by the `funds` struct. The `limits` array specifies
     * the minimum or maximum amount of each token the vault is allowed to transfer.
     *
     * `batchSwap` can be used to make a single swap, like `swap` does, but doing so requires more gas than the
     * equivalent `swap` call.
     *
     * Emits `Swap` events.
     */
    function batchSwap(
        SwapKind kind,
        BatchSwapStep[] memory swaps,
        IAsset[] memory assets,
        FundManagement memory funds,
        int256[] memory limits,
        uint256 deadline
    ) external payable returns (int256[] memory);

    /**
     * @dev Data for each individual swap executed by `batchSwap`. The asset in and out fields are indexes into the
     * `assets` array passed to that function, and ETH assets are converted to WETH.
     *
     * If `amount` is zero, the multihop mechanism is used to determine the actual amount based on the amount in/out
     * from the previous swap, depending on the swap kind.
     *
     * The `userData` field is ignored by the Vault, but forwarded to the Pool in the `onSwap` hook, and may be
     * used to extend swap behavior.
     */
    struct BatchSwapStep {
        bytes32 poolId;
        uint256 assetInIndex;
        uint256 assetOutIndex;
        uint256 amount;
        bytes userData;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Emitted for each individual swap performed by `swap` or `batchSwap`.
     */
    event Swap(
        bytes32 indexed poolId,
        IERC20 indexed tokenIn,
        IERC20 indexed tokenOut,
        uint256 amountIn,
        uint256 amountOut
    );

    /**
     * @dev All tokens in a swap are either sent from the `sender` account to the Vault, or from the Vault to the
     * `recipient` account.
     *
     * If the caller is not `sender`, it must be an authorized relayer for them.
     *
     * If `fromInternalBalance` is true, the `sender`'s Internal Balance will be preferred, performing an ERC20
     * transfer for the difference between the requested amount and the User's Internal Balance (if any). The `sender`
     * must have allowed the Vault to use their tokens via `IERC20.approve()`. This matches the behavior of
     * `joinPool`.
     *
     * If `toInternalBalance` is true, tokens will be deposited to `recipient`'s internal balance instead of
     * transferred. This matches the behavior of `exitPool`.
     *
     * Note that ETH cannot be deposited to or withdrawn from Internal Balance: attempting to do so will trigger a
     * revert.
     */
    struct FundManagement {
        address sender;
        bool fromInternalBalance;
        address payable recipient;
        bool toInternalBalance;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Simulates a call to `batchSwap`, returning an array of Vault asset deltas. Calls to `swap` cannot be
     * simulated directly, but an equivalent `batchSwap` call can and will yield the exact same result.
     *
     * Each element in the array corresponds to the asset at the same index, and indicates the number of tokens (or ETH)
     * the Vault would take from the sender (if positive) or send to the recipient (if negative). The arguments it
     * receives are the same that an equivalent `batchSwap` call would receive.
     *
     * Unlike `batchSwap`, this function performs no checks on the sender or recipient field in the `funds` struct.
     * This makes it suitable to be called by off-chain applications via eth_call without needing to hold tokens,
     * approve them for the Vault, or even know a user's address.
     *
     * Note that this function is not 'view' (due to implementation details): the client code must explicitly execute
     * eth_call instead of eth_sendTransaction.
     */
    function queryBatchSwap(
        SwapKind kind,
        BatchSwapStep[] memory swaps,
        IAsset[] memory assets,
        FundManagement memory funds
    ) external returns (int256[] memory assetDeltas);

    // Flash Loans

    /**
     * @dev Performs a 'flash loan', sending tokens to `recipient`, executing the `receiveFlashLoan` hook on it,
     * and then reverting unless the tokens plus a proportional protocol fee have been returned.
     *
     * The `tokens` and `amounts` arrays must have the same length, and each entry in these indicates the loan amount
     * for each token contract. `tokens` must be sorted in ascending order.
     *
     * The 'userData' field is ignored by the Vault, and forwarded as-is to `recipient` as part of the
     * `receiveFlashLoan` call.
     *
     * Emits `FlashLoan` events.
     */
    function flashLoan(
        IFlashLoanRecipient recipient,
        IERC20[] memory tokens,
        uint256[] memory amounts,
        bytes memory userData
    ) external;

    /**
     * @dev Emitted for each individual flash loan performed by `flashLoan`.
     */
    event FlashLoan(IFlashLoanRecipient indexed recipient, IERC20 indexed token, uint256 amount, uint256 feeAmount);

    // Asset Management
    //
    // Each token registered for a Pool can be assigned an Asset Manager, which is able to freely withdraw the Pool's
    // tokens from the Vault, deposit them, or assign arbitrary values to its `managed` balance (see
    // `getPoolTokenInfo`). This makes them extremely powerful and dangerous. Even if an Asset Manager only directly
    // controls one of the tokens in a Pool, a malicious manager could set that token's balance to manipulate the
    // prices of the other tokens, and then drain the Pool with swaps. The risk of using Asset Managers is therefore
    // not constrained to the tokens they are managing, but extends to the entire Pool's holdings.
    //
    // However, a properly designed Asset Manager smart contract can be safely used for the Pool's benefit,
    // for example by lending unused tokens out for interest, or using them to participate in voting protocols.
    //
    // This concept is unrelated to the IAsset interface.

    /**
     * @dev Performs a set of Pool balance operations, which may be either withdrawals, deposits or updates.
     *
     * Pool Balance management features batching, which means a single contract call can be used to perform multiple
     * operations of different kinds, with different Pools and tokens, at once.
     *
     * For each operation, the caller must be registered as the Asset Manager for `token` in `poolId`.
     */
    function managePoolBalance(PoolBalanceOp[] memory ops) external;

    struct PoolBalanceOp {
        PoolBalanceOpKind kind;
        bytes32 poolId;
        IERC20 token;
        uint256 amount;
    }

    /**
     * Withdrawals decrease the Pool's cash, but increase its managed balance, leaving the total balance unchanged.
     *
     * Deposits increase the Pool's cash, but decrease its managed balance, leaving the total balance unchanged.
     *
     * Updates don't affect the Pool's cash balance, but because the managed balance changes, it does alter the total.
     * The external amount can be either increased or decreased by this call (i.e., reporting a gain or a loss).
     */
    enum PoolBalanceOpKind { WITHDRAW, DEPOSIT, UPDATE }

    /**
     * @dev Emitted when a Pool's token Asset Manager alters its balance via `managePoolBalance`.
     */
    event PoolBalanceManaged(
        bytes32 indexed poolId,
        address indexed assetManager,
        IERC20 indexed token,
        int256 cashDelta,
        int256 managedDelta
    );

    // Protocol Fees
    //
    // Some operations cause the Vault to collect tokens in the form of protocol fees, which can then be withdrawn by
    // permissioned accounts.
    //
    // There are two kinds of protocol fees:
    //
    //  - flash loan fees: charged on all flash loans, as a percentage of the amounts lent.
    //
    //  - swap fees: a percentage of the fees charged by Pools when performing swaps. For a number of reasons, including
    // swap gas costs and interface simplicity, protocol swap fees are not charged on each individual swap. Rather,
    // Pools are expected to keep track of how much they have charged in swap fees, and pay any outstanding debts to the
    // Vault when they are joined or exited. This prevents users from joining a Pool with unpaid debt, as well as
    // exiting a Pool in debt without first paying their share.

    /**
     * @dev Returns the current protocol fee module.
     */
    function getProtocolFeesCollector() external view returns (IProtocolFeesCollector);

    /**
     * @dev Safety mechanism to pause most Vault operations in the event of an emergency - typically detection of an
     * error in some part of the system.
     *
     * The Vault can only be paused during an initial time period, after which pausing is forever disabled.
     *
     * While the contract is paused, the following features are disabled:
     * - depositing and transferring internal balance
     * - transferring external balance (using the Vault's allowance)
     * - swaps
     * - joining Pools
     * - Asset Manager interactions
     *
     * Internal Balance can still be withdrawn, and Pools exited.
     */
    function setPaused(bool paused) external;

    /**
     * @dev Returns the Vault's WETH instance.
     */
    function WETH() external view returns (IWETH);
    // solhint-disable-previous-line func-name-mixedcase
}

// File: @balancer-labs/v2-vault/contracts/interfaces/IPoolSwapStructs.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
// (at your option) any later version.

// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.

// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

pragma solidity ^0.7.0;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;

import "@balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/openzeppelin/IERC20.sol";

import "./IVault.sol";

interface IPoolSwapStructs {
    // This is not really an interface - it just defines common structs used by other interfaces: IGeneralPool and
    // IMinimalSwapInfoPool.
    //
    // This data structure represents a request for a token swap, where `kind` indicates the swap type ('given in' or
    // 'given out') which indicates whether or not the amount sent by the pool is known.
    //
    // The pool receives `tokenIn` and sends `tokenOut`. `amount` is the number of `tokenIn` tokens the pool will take
    // in, or the number of `tokenOut` tokens the Pool will send out, depending on the given swap `kind`.
    //
    // All other fields are not strictly necessary for most swaps, but are provided to support advanced scenarios in
    // some Pools.
    //
    // `poolId` is the ID of the Pool involved in the swap - this is useful for Pool contracts that implement more than
    // one Pool.
    //
    // The meaning of `lastChangeBlock` depends on the Pool specialization:
    //  - Two Token or Minimal Swap Info: the last block in which either `tokenIn` or `tokenOut` changed its total
    //    balance.
    //  - General: the last block in which *any* of the Pool's registered tokens changed its total balance.
    //
    // `from` is the origin address for the funds the Pool receives, and `to` is the destination address
    // where the Pool sends the outgoing tokens.
    //
    // `userData` is extra data provided by the caller - typically a signature from a trusted party.
    struct SwapRequest {
        IVault.SwapKind kind;
        IERC20 tokenIn;
        IERC20 tokenOut;
        uint256 amount;
        // Misc data
        bytes32 poolId;
        uint256 lastChangeBlock;
        address from;
        address to;
        bytes userData;
    }
}

// File: @balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/helpers/ITemporarilyPausable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
// (at your option) any later version.

// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.

// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

pragma solidity ^0.7.0;

/**
 * @dev Interface for the TemporarilyPausable helper.
 */
interface ITemporarilyPausable {
    /**
     * @dev Emitted every time the pause state changes by `_setPaused`.
     */
    event PausedStateChanged(bool paused);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the current paused state.
     */
    function getPausedState()
        external
        view
        returns (
            bool paused,
            uint256 pauseWindowEndTime,
            uint256 bufferPeriodEndTime
        );
}

// File: @balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/helpers/ISignaturesValidator.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
// (at your option) any later version.

// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.

// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

pragma solidity ^0.7.0;

/**
 * @dev Interface for the SignatureValidator helper, used to support meta-transactions.
 */
interface ISignaturesValidator {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the EIP712 domain separator.
     */
    function getDomainSeparator() external view returns (bytes32);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the next nonce used by an address to sign messages.
     */
    function getNextNonce(address user) external view returns (uint256);
}

// File: @balancer-labs/v2-vault/contracts/interfaces/IAsset.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
// (at your option) any later version.

// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.

// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

pragma solidity ^0.7.0;

/**
 * @dev This is an empty interface used to represent either ERC20-conforming token contracts or ETH (using the zero
 * address sentinel value). We're just relying on the fact that `interface` can be used to declare new address-like
 * types.
 *
 * This concept is unrelated to a Pool's Asset Managers.
 */
interface IAsset {
    // solhint-disable-previous-line no-empty-blocks
}

// File: @balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/misc/IWETH.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
// (at your option) any later version.

// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.

// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

pragma solidity ^0.7.0;

import "../openzeppelin/IERC20.sol";

/**
 * @dev Interface for WETH9.
 * See https://github.com/gnosis/canonical-weth/blob/0dd1ea3e295eef916d0c6223ec63141137d22d67/contracts/WETH9.sol
 */
interface IWETH is IERC20 {
    function deposit() external payable;

    function withdraw(uint256 amount) external;
}

// File: @balancer-labs/v2-vault/contracts/interfaces/IAuthorizer.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
// (at your option) any later version.

// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.

// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

pragma solidity ^0.7.0;

interface IAuthorizer {
    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `account` can perform the action described by `actionId` in the contract `where`.
     */
    function canPerform(
        bytes32 actionId,
        address account,
        address where
    ) external view returns (bool);
}

// File: @balancer-labs/v2-vault/contracts/interfaces/IFlashLoanRecipient.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
// (at your option) any later version.

// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.

// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

pragma solidity ^0.7.0;

// Inspired by Aave Protocol's IFlashLoanReceiver.

import "@balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/openzeppelin/IERC20.sol";

interface IFlashLoanRecipient {
    /**
     * @dev When `flashLoan` is called on the Vault, it invokes the `receiveFlashLoan` hook on the recipient.
     *
     * At the time of the call, the Vault will have transferred `amounts` for `tokens` to the recipient. Before this
     * call returns, the recipient must have transferred `amounts` plus `feeAmounts` for each token back to the
     * Vault, or else the entire flash loan will revert.
     *
     * `userData` is the same value passed in the `IVault.flashLoan` call.
     */
    function receiveFlashLoan(
        IERC20[] memory tokens,
        uint256[] memory amounts,
        uint256[] memory feeAmounts,
        bytes memory userData
    ) external;
}

// File: @balancer-labs/v2-vault/contracts/interfaces/IProtocolFeesCollector.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
// (at your option) any later version.

// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.

// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

pragma solidity ^0.7.0;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;

import "@balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/openzeppelin/IERC20.sol";

import "./IVault.sol";
import "./IAuthorizer.sol";

interface IProtocolFeesCollector {
    event SwapFeePercentageChanged(uint256 newSwapFeePercentage);
    event FlashLoanFeePercentageChanged(uint256 newFlashLoanFeePercentage);

    function withdrawCollectedFees(
        IERC20[] calldata tokens,
        uint256[] calldata amounts,
        address recipient
    ) external;

    function setSwapFeePercentage(uint256 newSwapFeePercentage) external;

    function setFlashLoanFeePercentage(uint256 newFlashLoanFeePercentage) external;

    function getSwapFeePercentage() external view returns (uint256);

    function getFlashLoanFeePercentage() external view returns (uint256);

    function getCollectedFeeAmounts(IERC20[] memory tokens) external view returns (uint256[] memory feeAmounts);

    function getAuthorizer() external view returns (IAuthorizer);

    function vault() external view returns (IVault);
}

// File: @balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/helpers/WordCodec.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
// (at your option) any later version.

// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.

// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

pragma solidity ^0.7.0;

/**
 * @dev Library for encoding and decoding values stored inside a 256 bit word. Typically used to pack multiple values in
 * a single storage slot, saving gas by performing less storage accesses.
 *
 * Each value is defined by its size and the least significant bit in the word, also known as offset. For example, two
 * 128 bit values may be encoded in a word by assigning one an offset of 0, and the other an offset of 128.
 *
 * We could use Solidity structs to pack values together in a single storage slot instead of relying on a custom and
 * error-prone library, but unfortunately Solidity only allows for structs to live in either storage, calldata or
 * memory. Because a memory struct uses not just memory but also a slot in the stack (to store its memory location),
 * using memory for word-sized values (i.e. of 256 bits or less) is strictly less gas performant, and doesn't even
 * prevent stack-too-deep issues. This is compounded by the fact that Balancer contracts typically are memory-intensive,
 * and the cost of accesing memory increases quadratically with the number of allocated words. Manual packing and
 * unpacking is therefore the preferred approach.
 */
library WordCodec {
    // Masks are values with the least significant N bits set. They can be used to extract an encoded value from a word,
    // or to insert a new one replacing the old.
    uint256 private constant _MASK_1 = 2**(1) - 1;
    uint256 private constant _MASK_5 = 2**(5) - 1;
    uint256 private constant _MASK_7 = 2**(7) - 1;
    uint256 private constant _MASK_10 = 2**(10) - 1;
    uint256 private constant _MASK_16 = 2**(16) - 1;
    uint256 private constant _MASK_22 = 2**(22) - 1;
    uint256 private constant _MASK_31 = 2**(31) - 1;
    uint256 private constant _MASK_32 = 2**(32) - 1;
    uint256 private constant _MASK_53 = 2**(53) - 1;
    uint256 private constant _MASK_64 = 2**(64) - 1;
    uint256 private constant _MASK_96 = 2**(96) - 1;
    uint256 private constant _MASK_128 = 2**(128) - 1;
    uint256 private constant _MASK_192 = 2**(192) - 1;

    // Largest positive values that can be represented as N bits signed integers.
    int256 private constant _MAX_INT_22 = 2**(21) - 1;
    int256 private constant _MAX_INT_53 = 2**(52) - 1;

    // In-place insertion

    /**
     * @dev Inserts a boolean value shifted by an offset into a 256 bit word, replacing the old value. Returns the new
     * word.
     */
    function insertBool(
        bytes32 word,
        bool value,
        uint256 offset
    ) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        bytes32 clearedWord = bytes32(uint256(word) & ~(_MASK_1 << offset));
        return clearedWord | bytes32(uint256(value ? 1 : 0) << offset);
    }

    // Unsigned

    /**
     * @dev Inserts a 5 bit unsigned integer shifted by an offset into a 256 bit word, replacing the old value. Returns
     * the new word.
     *
     * Assumes `value` only uses its least significant 5 bits, otherwise it may overwrite sibling bytes.
     */
    function insertUint5(
        bytes32 word,
        uint256 value,
        uint256 offset
    ) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        bytes32 clearedWord = bytes32(uint256(word) & ~(_MASK_5 << offset));
        return clearedWord | bytes32(value << offset);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Inserts a 7 bit unsigned integer shifted by an offset into a 256 bit word, replacing the old value. Returns
     * the new word.
     *
     * Assumes `value` only uses its least significant 7 bits, otherwise it may overwrite sibling bytes.
     */
    function insertUint7(
        bytes32 word,
        uint256 value,
        uint256 offset
    ) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        bytes32 clearedWord = bytes32(uint256(word) & ~(_MASK_7 << offset));
        return clearedWord | bytes32(value << offset);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Inserts a 10 bit unsigned integer shifted by an offset into a 256 bit word, replacing the old value. Returns
     * the new word.
     *
     * Assumes `value` only uses its least significant 10 bits, otherwise it may overwrite sibling bytes.
     */
    function insertUint10(
        bytes32 word,
        uint256 value,
        uint256 offset
    ) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        bytes32 clearedWord = bytes32(uint256(word) & ~(_MASK_10 << offset));
        return clearedWord | bytes32(value << offset);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Inserts a 16 bit unsigned integer shifted by an offset into a 256 bit word, replacing the old value.
     * Returns the new word.
     *
     * Assumes `value` only uses its least significant 16 bits, otherwise it may overwrite sibling bytes.
     */
    function insertUint16(
        bytes32 word,
        uint256 value,
        uint256 offset
    ) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        bytes32 clearedWord = bytes32(uint256(word) & ~(_MASK_16 << offset));
        return clearedWord | bytes32(value << offset);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Inserts a 31 bit unsigned integer shifted by an offset into a 256 bit word, replacing the old value. Returns
     * the new word.
     *
     * Assumes `value` can be represented using 31 bits.
     */
    function insertUint31(
        bytes32 word,
        uint256 value,
        uint256 offset
    ) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        bytes32 clearedWord = bytes32(uint256(word) & ~(_MASK_31 << offset));
        return clearedWord | bytes32(value << offset);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Inserts a 32 bit unsigned integer shifted by an offset into a 256 bit word, replacing the old value. Returns
     * the new word.
     *
     * Assumes `value` only uses its least significant 32 bits, otherwise it may overwrite sibling bytes.
     */
    function insertUint32(
        bytes32 word,
        uint256 value,
        uint256 offset
    ) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        bytes32 clearedWord = bytes32(uint256(word) & ~(_MASK_32 << offset));
        return clearedWord | bytes32(value << offset);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Inserts a 64 bit unsigned integer shifted by an offset into a 256 bit word, replacing the old value. Returns
     * the new word.
     *
     * Assumes `value` only uses its least significant 64 bits, otherwise it may overwrite sibling bytes.
     */
    function insertUint64(
        bytes32 word,
        uint256 value,
        uint256 offset
    ) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        bytes32 clearedWord = bytes32(uint256(word) & ~(_MASK_64 << offset));
        return clearedWord | bytes32(value << offset);
    }

    // Signed

    /**
     * @dev Inserts a 22 bits signed integer shifted by an offset into a 256 bit word, replacing the old value. Returns
     * the new word.
     *
     * Assumes `value` can be represented using 22 bits.
     */
    function insertInt22(
        bytes32 word,
        int256 value,
        uint256 offset
    ) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        bytes32 clearedWord = bytes32(uint256(word) & ~(_MASK_22 << offset));
        // Integer values need masking to remove the upper bits of negative values.
        return clearedWord | bytes32((uint256(value) & _MASK_22) << offset);
    }

    // Bytes

    /**
     * @dev Inserts 192 bit shifted by an offset into a 256 bit word, replacing the old value. Returns the new word.
     *
     * Assumes `value` can be represented using 192 bits.
     */
    function insertBits192(
        bytes32 word,
        bytes32 value,
        uint256 offset
    ) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        bytes32 clearedWord = bytes32(uint256(word) & ~(_MASK_192 << offset));
        return clearedWord | bytes32((uint256(value) & _MASK_192) << offset);
    }

    // Encoding

    // Unsigned

    /**
     * @dev Encodes an unsigned integer shifted by an offset. This performs no size checks: it is up to the caller to
     * ensure that the values are bounded.
     *
     * The return value can be logically ORed with other encoded values to form a 256 bit word.
     */
    function encodeUint(uint256 value, uint256 offset) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        return bytes32(value << offset);
    }

    // Signed

    /**
     * @dev Encodes a 22 bits signed integer shifted by an offset.
     *
     * The return value can be logically ORed with other encoded values to form a 256 bit word.
     */
    function encodeInt22(int256 value, uint256 offset) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        // Integer values need masking to remove the upper bits of negative values.
        return bytes32((uint256(value) & _MASK_22) << offset);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Encodes a 53 bits signed integer shifted by an offset.
     *
     * The return value can be logically ORed with other encoded values to form a 256 bit word.
     */
    function encodeInt53(int256 value, uint256 offset) internal pure returns (bytes32) {
        // Integer values need masking to remove the upper bits of negative values.
        return bytes32((uint256(value) & _MASK_53) << offset);
    }

    // Decoding

    /**
     * @dev Decodes and returns a boolean shifted by an offset from a 256 bit word.
     */
    function decodeBool(bytes32 word, uint256 offset) internal pure returns (bool) {
        return (uint256(word >> offset) & _MASK_1) == 1;
    }

    // Unsigned

    /**
     * @dev Decodes and returns a 5 bit unsigned integer shifted by an offset from a 256 bit word.
     */
    function decodeUint5(bytes32 word, uint256 offset) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(word >> offset) & _MASK_5;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Decodes and returns a 7 bit unsigned integer shifted by an offset from a 256 bit word.
     */
    function decodeUint7(bytes32 word, uint256 offset) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(word >> offset) & _MASK_7;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Decodes and returns a 10 bit unsigned integer shifted by an offset from a 256 bit word.
     */
    function decodeUint10(bytes32 word, uint256 offset) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(word >> offset) & _MASK_10;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Decodes and returns a 16 bit unsigned integer shifted by an offset from a 256 bit word.
     */
    function decodeUint16(bytes32 word, uint256 offset) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(word >> offset) & _MASK_16;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Decodes and returns a 31 bit unsigned integer shifted by an offset from a 256 bit word.
     */
    function decodeUint31(bytes32 word, uint256 offset) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(word >> offset) & _MASK_31;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Decodes and returns a 32 bit unsigned integer shifted by an offset from a 256 bit word.
     */
    function decodeUint32(bytes32 word, uint256 offset) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(word >> offset) & _MASK_32;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Decodes and returns a 64 bit unsigned integer shifted by an offset from a 256 bit word.
     */
    function decodeUint64(bytes32 word, uint256 offset) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(word >> offset) & _MASK_64;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Decodes and returns a 96 bit unsigned integer shifted by an offset from a 256 bit word.
     */
    function decodeUint96(bytes32 word, uint256 offset) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(word >> offset) & _MASK_96;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Decodes and returns a 128 bit unsigned integer shifted by an offset from a 256 bit word.
     */
    function decodeUint128(bytes32 word, uint256 offset) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return uint256(word >> offset) & _MASK_128;
    }

    // Signed

    /**
     * @dev Decodes and returns a 22 bits signed integer shifted by an offset from a 256 bit word.
     */
    function decodeInt22(bytes32 word, uint256 offset) internal pure returns (int256) {
        int256 value = int256(uint256(word >> offset) & _MASK_22);
        // In case the decoded value is greater than the max positive integer that can be represented with 22 bits,
        // we know it was originally a negative integer. Therefore, we mask it to restore the sign in the 256 bit
        // representation.
        return value > _MAX_INT_22 ? (value | int256(~_MASK_22)) : value;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Decodes and returns a 53 bits signed integer shifted by an offset from a 256 bit word.
     */
    function decodeInt53(bytes32 word, uint256 offset) internal pure returns (int256) {
        int256 value = int256(uint256(word >> offset) & _MASK_53);
        // In case the decoded value is greater than the max positive integer that can be represented with 53 bits,
        // we know it was originally a negative integer. Therefore, we mask it to restore the sign in the 256 bit
        // representation.

        return value > _MAX_INT_53 ? (value | int256(~_MASK_53)) : value;
    }
}

// File: @balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/helpers/TemporarilyPausable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
// (at your option) any later version.

// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.

// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

pragma solidity ^0.7.0;

import "./BalancerErrors.sol";
import "./ITemporarilyPausable.sol";

/**
 * @dev Allows for a contract to be paused during an initial period after deployment, disabling functionality. Can be
 * used as an emergency switch in case a security vulnerability or threat is identified.
 *
 * The contract can only be paused during the Pause Window, a period that starts at deployment. It can also be
 * unpaused and repaused any number of times during this period. This is intended to serve as a safety measure: it lets
 * system managers react quickly to potentially dangerous situations, knowing that this action is reversible if careful
 * analysis later determines there was a false alarm.
 *
 * If the contract is paused when the Pause Window finishes, it will remain in the paused state through an additional
 * Buffer Period, after which it will be automatically unpaused forever. This is to ensure there is always enough time
 * to react to an emergency, even if the threat is discovered shortly before the Pause Window expires.
 *
 * Note that since the contract can only be paused within the Pause Window, unpausing during the Buffer Period is
 * irreversible.
 */
abstract contract TemporarilyPausable is ITemporarilyPausable {
    // The Pause Window and Buffer Period are timestamp-based: they should not be relied upon for sub-minute accuracy.
    // solhint-disable not-rely-on-time

    uint256 private constant _MAX_PAUSE_WINDOW_DURATION = 90 days;
    uint256 private constant _MAX_BUFFER_PERIOD_DURATION = 30 days;

    uint256 private immutable _pauseWindowEndTime;
    uint256 private immutable _bufferPeriodEndTime;

    bool private _paused;

    constructor(uint256 pauseWindowDuration, uint256 bufferPeriodDuration) {
        _require(pauseWindowDuration <= _MAX_PAUSE_WINDOW_DURATION, Errors.MAX_PAUSE_WINDOW_DURATION);
        _require(bufferPeriodDuration <= _MAX_BUFFER_PERIOD_DURATION, Errors.MAX_BUFFER_PERIOD_DURATION);

        uint256 pauseWindowEndTime = block.timestamp + pauseWindowDuration;

        _pauseWindowEndTime = pauseWindowEndTime;
        _bufferPeriodEndTime = pauseWindowEndTime + bufferPeriodDuration;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Reverts if the contract is paused.
     */
    modifier whenNotPaused() {
        _ensureNotPaused();
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the current contract pause status, as well as the end times of the Pause Window and Buffer
     * Period.
     */
    function getPausedState()
        external
        view
        override
        returns (
            bool paused,
            uint256 pauseWindowEndTime,
            uint256 bufferPeriodEndTime
        )
    {
        paused = !_isNotPaused();
        pauseWindowEndTime = _getPauseWindowEndTime();
        bufferPeriodEndTime = _getBufferPeriodEndTime();
    }

    /**
     * @dev Sets the pause state to `paused`. The contract can only be paused until the end of the Pause Window, and
     * unpaused until the end of the Buffer Period.
     *
     * Once the Buffer Period expires, this function reverts unconditionally.
     */
    function _setPaused(bool paused) internal {
        if (paused) {
            _require(block.timestamp < _getPauseWindowEndTime(), Errors.PAUSE_WINDOW_EXPIRED);
        } else {
            _require(block.timestamp < _getBufferPeriodEndTime(), Errors.BUFFER_PERIOD_EXPIRED);
        }

        _paused = paused;
        emit PausedStateChanged(paused);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Reverts if the contract is paused.
     */
    function _ensureNotPaused() internal view {
        _require(_isNotPaused(), Errors.PAUSED);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Reverts if the contract is not paused.
     */
    function _ensurePaused() internal view {
        _require(!_isNotPaused(), Errors.NOT_PAUSED);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if the contract is unpaused.
     *
     * Once the Buffer Period expires, the gas cost of calling this function is reduced dramatically, as storage is no
     * longer accessed.
     */
    function _isNotPaused() internal view returns (bool) {
        // After the Buffer Period, the (inexpensive) timestamp check short-circuits the storage access.
        return block.timestamp > _getBufferPeriodEndTime() || !_paused;
    }

    // These getters lead to reduced bytecode size by inlining the immutable variables in a single place.

    function _getPauseWindowEndTime() private view returns (uint256) {
        return _pauseWindowEndTime;
    }

    function _getBufferPeriodEndTime() private view returns (uint256) {
        return _bufferPeriodEndTime;
    }
}

// File: @balancer-labs/v2-pool-utils/contracts/BalancerPoolToken.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
// (at your option) any later version.

// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.

// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

pragma solidity ^0.7.0;

import "@balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/openzeppelin/ERC20Permit.sol";
import "@balancer-labs/v2-vault/contracts/interfaces/IVault.sol";

/**
 * @title Highly opinionated token implementation
 * @author Balancer Labs
 * @dev
 * - Includes functions to increase and decrease allowance as a workaround
 *   for the well-known issue with `approve`:
 *   https://github.com/ethereum/EIPs/issues/20#issuecomment-263524729
 * - Allows for 'infinite allowance', where an allowance of 0xff..ff is not
 *   decreased by calls to transferFrom
 * - Lets a token holder use `transferFrom` to send their own tokens,
 *   without first setting allowance
 * - Emits 'Approval' events whenever allowance is changed by `transferFrom`
 * - Assigns infinite allowance for all token holders to the Vault
 */
contract BalancerPoolToken is ERC20Permit {
    IVault private immutable _vault;

    constructor(
        string memory tokenName,
        string memory tokenSymbol,
        IVault vault
    ) ERC20(tokenName, tokenSymbol) ERC20Permit(tokenName) {
        _vault = vault;
    }

    function getVault() public view returns (IVault) {
        return _vault;
    }

    // Overrides

    /**
     * @dev Override to grant the Vault infinite allowance, causing for Pool Tokens to not require approval.
     *
     * This is sound as the Vault already provides authorization mechanisms when initiation token transfers, which this
     * contract inherits.
     */
    function allowance(address owner, address spender) public view override returns (uint256) {
        if (spender == address(getVault())) {
            return uint256(-1);
        } else {
            return super.allowance(owner, spender);
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Override to allow for 'infinite allowance' and let the token owner use `transferFrom` with no self-allowance
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address sender,
        address recipient,
        uint256 amount
    ) public override returns (bool) {
        uint256 currentAllowance = allowance(sender, msg.sender);
        _require(msg.sender == sender || currentAllowance >= amount, Errors.ERC20_TRANSFER_EXCEEDS_ALLOWANCE);

        _transfer(sender, recipient, amount);

        if (msg.sender != sender && currentAllowance != uint256(-1)) {
            // Because of the previous require, we know that if msg.sender != sender then currentAllowance >= amount
            _approve(sender, msg.sender, currentAllowance - amount);
        }

        return true;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Override to allow decreasing allowance by more than the current amount (setting it to zero)
     */
    function decreaseAllowance(address spender, uint256 amount) public override returns (bool) {
        uint256 currentAllowance = allowance(msg.sender, spender);

        if (amount >= currentAllowance) {
            _approve(msg.sender, spender, 0);
        } else {
            // No risk of underflow due to if condition
            _approve(msg.sender, spender, currentAllowance - amount);
        }

        return true;
    }

    // Internal functions

    function _mintPoolTokens(address recipient, uint256 amount) internal {
        _mint(recipient, amount);
    }

    function _burnPoolTokens(address sender, uint256 amount) internal {
        _burn(sender, amount);
    }
}

// File: @balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/openzeppelin/ERC20.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.7.0;

import "../helpers/BalancerErrors.sol";

import "./IERC20.sol";
import "./SafeMath.sol";

/**
 * @dev Implementation of the {IERC20} interface.
 *
 * This implementation is agnostic to the way tokens are created. This means
 * that a supply mechanism has to be added in a derived contract using {_mint}.
 * For a generic mechanism see {ERC20PresetMinterPauser}.
 *
 * TIP: For a detailed writeup see our guide
 * https://forum.zeppelin.solutions/t/how-to-implement-erc20-supply-mechanisms/226[How
 * to implement supply mechanisms].
 *
 * We have followed general OpenZeppelin guidelines: functions revert instead
 * of returning `false` on failure. This behavior is nonetheless conventional
 * and does not conflict with the expectations of ERC20 applications.
 *
 * Additionally, an {Approval} event is emitted on calls to {transferFrom}.
 * This allows applications to reconstruct the allowance for all accounts just
 * by listening to said events. Other implementations of the EIP may not emit
 * these events, as it isn't required by the specification.
 *
 * Finally, the non-standard {decreaseAllowance} and {increaseAllowance}
 * functions have been added to mitigate the well-known issues around setting
 * allowances. See {IERC20-approve}.
 */
contract ERC20 is IERC20 {
    using SafeMath for uint256;

    mapping(address => uint256) private _balances;

    mapping(address => mapping(address => uint256)) private _allowances;

    uint256 private _totalSupply;

    string private _name;
    string private _symbol;
    uint8 private _decimals;

    /**
     * @dev Sets the values for {name} and {symbol}, initializes {decimals} with
     * a default value of 18.
     *
     * To select a different value for {decimals}, use {_setupDecimals}.
     *
     * All three of these values are immutable: they can only be set once during
     * construction.
     */
    constructor(string memory name_, string memory symbol_) {
        _name = name_;
        _symbol = symbol_;
        _decimals = 18;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the name of the token.
     */
    function name() public view returns (string memory) {
        return _name;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the symbol of the token, usually a shorter version of the
     * name.
     */
    function symbol() public view returns (string memory) {
        return _symbol;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the number of decimals used to get its user representation.
     * For example, if `decimals` equals `2`, a balance of `505` tokens should
     * be displayed to a user as `5,05` (`505 / 10 ** 2`).
     *
     * Tokens usually opt for a value of 18, imitating the relationship between
     * Ether and Wei. This is the value {ERC20} uses, unless {_setupDecimals} is
     * called.
     *
     * NOTE: This information is only used for _display_ purposes: it in
     * no way affects any of the arithmetic of the contract, including
     * {IERC20-balanceOf} and {IERC20-transfer}.
     */
    function decimals() public view returns (uint8) {
        return _decimals;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC20-totalSupply}.
     */
    function totalSupply() public view override returns (uint256) {
        return _totalSupply;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC20-balanceOf}.
     */
    function balanceOf(address account) public view override returns (uint256) {
        return _balances[account];
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC20-transfer}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `recipient` cannot be the zero address.
     * - the caller must have a balance of at least `amount`.
     */
    function transfer(address recipient, uint256 amount) public virtual override returns (bool) {
        _transfer(msg.sender, recipient, amount);
        return true;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC20-allowance}.
     */
    function allowance(address owner, address spender) public view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        return _allowances[owner][spender];
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC20-approve}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `spender` cannot be the zero address.
     */
    function approve(address spender, uint256 amount) public virtual override returns (bool) {
        _approve(msg.sender, spender, amount);
        return true;
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC20-transferFrom}.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event indicating the updated allowance. This is not
     * required by the EIP. See the note at the beginning of {ERC20}.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `sender` and `recipient` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `sender` must have a balance of at least `amount`.
     * - the caller must have allowance for ``sender``'s tokens of at least
     * `amount`.
     */
    function transferFrom(
        address sender,
        address recipient,
        uint256 amount
    ) public virtual override returns (bool) {
        _transfer(sender, recipient, amount);
        _approve(
            sender,
            msg.sender,
            _allowances[sender][msg.sender].sub(amount, Errors.ERC20_TRANSFER_EXCEEDS_ALLOWANCE)
        );
        return true;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Atomically increases the allowance granted to `spender` by the caller.
     *
     * This is an alternative to {approve} that can be used as a mitigation for
     * problems described in {IERC20-approve}.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event indicating the updated allowance.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `spender` cannot be the zero address.
     */
    function increaseAllowance(address spender, uint256 addedValue) public virtual returns (bool) {
        _approve(msg.sender, spender, _allowances[msg.sender][spender].add(addedValue));
        return true;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Atomically decreases the allowance granted to `spender` by the caller.
     *
     * This is an alternative to {approve} that can be used as a mitigation for
     * problems described in {IERC20-approve}.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event indicating the updated allowance.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `spender` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `spender` must have allowance for the caller of at least
     * `subtractedValue`.
     */
    function decreaseAllowance(address spender, uint256 subtractedValue) public virtual returns (bool) {
        _approve(
            msg.sender,
            spender,
            _allowances[msg.sender][spender].sub(subtractedValue, Errors.ERC20_DECREASED_ALLOWANCE_BELOW_ZERO)
        );
        return true;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Moves tokens `amount` from `sender` to `recipient`.
     *
     * This is internal function is equivalent to {transfer}, and can be used to
     * e.g. implement automatic token fees, slashing mechanisms, etc.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `sender` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `recipient` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `sender` must have a balance of at least `amount`.
     */
    function _transfer(
        address sender,
        address recipient,
        uint256 amount
    ) internal virtual {
        _require(sender != address(0), Errors.ERC20_TRANSFER_FROM_ZERO_ADDRESS);
        _require(recipient != address(0), Errors.ERC20_TRANSFER_TO_ZERO_ADDRESS);

        _beforeTokenTransfer(sender, recipient, amount);

        _balances[sender] = _balances[sender].sub(amount, Errors.ERC20_TRANSFER_EXCEEDS_BALANCE);
        _balances[recipient] = _balances[recipient].add(amount);
        emit Transfer(sender, recipient, amount);
    }

    /** @dev Creates `amount` tokens and assigns them to `account`, increasing
     * the total supply.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event with `from` set to the zero address.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `to` cannot be the zero address.
     */
    function _mint(address account, uint256 amount) internal virtual {
        _beforeTokenTransfer(address(0), account, amount);

        _totalSupply = _totalSupply.add(amount);
        _balances[account] = _balances[account].add(amount);
        emit Transfer(address(0), account, amount);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Destroys `amount` tokens from `account`, reducing the
     * total supply.
     *
     * Emits a {Transfer} event with `to` set to the zero address.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `account` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `account` must have at least `amount` tokens.
     */
    function _burn(address account, uint256 amount) internal virtual {
        _require(account != address(0), Errors.ERC20_BURN_FROM_ZERO_ADDRESS);

        _beforeTokenTransfer(account, address(0), amount);

        _balances[account] = _balances[account].sub(amount, Errors.ERC20_BURN_EXCEEDS_BALANCE);
        _totalSupply = _totalSupply.sub(amount);
        emit Transfer(account, address(0), amount);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Sets `amount` as the allowance of `spender` over the `owner` s tokens.
     *
     * This internal function is equivalent to `approve`, and can be used to
     * e.g. set automatic allowances for certain subsystems, etc.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `owner` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `spender` cannot be the zero address.
     */
    function _approve(
        address owner,
        address spender,
        uint256 amount
    ) internal virtual {
        _allowances[owner][spender] = amount;
        emit Approval(owner, spender, amount);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Sets {decimals} to a value other than the default one of 18.
     *
     * WARNING: This function should only be called from the constructor. Most
     * applications that interact with token contracts will not expect
     * {decimals} to ever change, and may work incorrectly if it does.
     */
    function _setupDecimals(uint8 decimals_) internal {
        _decimals = decimals_;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Hook that is called before any transfer of tokens. This includes
     * minting and burning.
     *
     * Calling conditions:
     *
     * - when `from` and `to` are both non-zero, `amount` of ``from``'s tokens
     * will be to transferred to `to`.
     * - when `from` is zero, `amount` tokens will be minted for `to`.
     * - when `to` is zero, `amount` of ``from``'s tokens will be burned.
     * - `from` and `to` are never both zero.
     *
     * To learn more about hooks, head to xref:ROOT:extending-contracts.adoc#using-hooks[Using Hooks].
     */
    function _beforeTokenTransfer(
        address from,
        address to,
        uint256 amount
    ) internal virtual {}
}

// File: @balancer-labs/v2-asset-manager-utils/contracts/IAssetManager.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
// (at your option) any later version.

// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.

// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

pragma solidity ^0.7.0;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;

import "@balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/openzeppelin/IERC20.sol";

interface IAssetManager {
    /**
     * @notice Emitted when asset manager is rebalanced
     */
    event Rebalance(bytes32 poolId);

    /**
     * @notice Sets the config
     */
    function setConfig(bytes32 poolId, bytes calldata config) external;

    /**
     * Note: No function to read the asset manager config is included in IAssetManager
     * as the signature is expected to vary between asset manager implementations
     */

    /**
     * @notice Returns the asset manager's token
     */
    function getToken() external view returns (IERC20);

    /**
     * @return the current assets under management of this asset manager
     */
    function getAUM(bytes32 poolId) external view returns (uint256);

    /**
     * @return poolCash - The up-to-date cash balance of the pool
     * @return poolManaged - The up-to-date managed balance of the pool
     */
    function getPoolBalances(bytes32 poolId) external view returns (uint256 poolCash, uint256 poolManaged);

    /**
     * @return The difference in tokens between the target investment
     * and the currently invested amount (i.e. the amount that can be invested)
     */
    function maxInvestableBalance(bytes32 poolId) external view returns (int256);

    /**
     * @notice Updates the Vault on the value of the pool's investment returns
     */
    function updateBalanceOfPool(bytes32 poolId) external;

    /**
     * @notice Determines whether the pool should rebalance given the provided balances
     */
    function shouldRebalance(uint256 cash, uint256 managed) external view returns (bool);

    /**
     * @notice Rebalances funds between the pool and the asset manager to maintain target investment percentage.
     * @param poolId - the poolId of the pool to be rebalanced
     * @param force - a boolean representing whether a rebalance should be forced even when the pool is near balance
     */
    function rebalance(bytes32 poolId, bool force) external;

    /**
     * @notice allows an authorized rebalancer to remove capital to facilitate large withdrawals
     * @param poolId - the poolId of the pool to withdraw funds back to
     * @param amount - the amount of tokens to withdraw back to the pool
     */
    function capitalOut(bytes32 poolId, uint256 amount) external;
}

// File: @balancer-labs/v2-pool-utils/contracts/BasePoolAuthorization.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
// (at your option) any later version.

// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.

// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

pragma solidity ^0.7.0;

import "@balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/helpers/Authentication.sol";
import "@balancer-labs/v2-vault/contracts/interfaces/IAuthorizer.sol";

/**
 * @dev Base authorization layer implementation for Pools.
 *
 * The owner account can call some of the permissioned functions - access control of the rest is delegated to the
 * Authorizer. Note that this owner is immutable: more sophisticated permission schemes, such as multiple ownership,
 * granular roles, etc., could be built on top of this by making the owner a smart contract.
 *
 * Access control of all other permissioned functions is delegated to an Authorizer. It is also possible to delegate
 * control of *all* permissioned functions to the Authorizer by setting the owner address to `_DELEGATE_OWNER`.
 */
abstract contract BasePoolAuthorization is Authentication {
    address private immutable _owner;

    address private constant _DELEGATE_OWNER = 0xBA1BA1ba1BA1bA1bA1Ba1BA1ba1BA1bA1ba1ba1B;

    constructor(address owner) {
        _owner = owner;
    }

    function getOwner() public view returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }

    function getAuthorizer() external view returns (IAuthorizer) {
        return _getAuthorizer();
    }

    function _canPerform(bytes32 actionId, address account) internal view override returns (bool) {
        if ((getOwner() != _DELEGATE_OWNER) && _isOwnerOnlyAction(actionId)) {
            // Only the owner can perform "owner only" actions, unless the owner is delegated.
            return msg.sender == getOwner();
        } else {
            // Non-owner actions are always processed via the Authorizer, as "owner only" ones are when delegated.
            return _getAuthorizer().canPerform(actionId, account, address(this));
        }
    }

    function _isOwnerOnlyAction(bytes32 actionId) internal view virtual returns (bool);

    function _getAuthorizer() internal view virtual returns (IAuthorizer);
}

// File: @balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/openzeppelin/ERC20Permit.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.7.0;

import "./ERC20.sol";
import "./IERC20Permit.sol";
import "./EIP712.sol";

/**
 * @dev Implementation of the ERC20 Permit extension allowing approvals to be made via signatures, as defined in
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2612[EIP-2612].
 *
 * Adds the {permit} method, which can be used to change an account's ERC20 allowance (see {IERC20-allowance}) by
 * presenting a message signed by the account. By not relying on `{IERC20-approve}`, the token holder account doesn't
 * need to send a transaction, and thus is not required to hold Ether at all.
 *
 * _Available since v3.4._
 */
abstract contract ERC20Permit is ERC20, IERC20Permit, EIP712 {
    mapping(address => uint256) private _nonces;

    // solhint-disable-next-line var-name-mixedcase
    bytes32 private immutable _PERMIT_TYPEHASH =
        keccak256("Permit(address owner,address spender,uint256 value,uint256 nonce,uint256 deadline)");

    /**
     * @dev Initializes the {EIP712} domain separator using the `name` parameter, and setting `version` to `"1"`.
     *
     * It's a good idea to use the same `name` that is defined as the ERC20 token name.
     */
    constructor(string memory name) EIP712(name, "1") {}

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC20Permit-permit}.
     */
    function permit(
        address owner,
        address spender,
        uint256 value,
        uint256 deadline,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) public virtual override {
        // solhint-disable-next-line not-rely-on-time
        _require(block.timestamp <= deadline, Errors.EXPIRED_PERMIT);

        uint256 nonce = _nonces[owner];
        bytes32 structHash = keccak256(abi.encode(_PERMIT_TYPEHASH, owner, spender, value, nonce, deadline));

        bytes32 hash = _hashTypedDataV4(structHash);

        address signer = ecrecover(hash, v, r, s);
        _require((signer != address(0)) && (signer == owner), Errors.INVALID_SIGNATURE);

        _nonces[owner] = nonce + 1;
        _approve(owner, spender, value);
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC20Permit-nonces}.
     */
    function nonces(address owner) public view override returns (uint256) {
        return _nonces[owner];
    }

    /**
     * @dev See {IERC20Permit-DOMAIN_SEPARATOR}.
     */
    // solhint-disable-next-line func-name-mixedcase
    function DOMAIN_SEPARATOR() external view override returns (bytes32) {
        return _domainSeparatorV4();
    }
}

// File: @balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/openzeppelin/IERC20Permit.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.7.0;

/**
 * @dev Interface of the ERC20 Permit extension allowing approvals to be made via signatures, as defined in
 * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2612[EIP-2612].
 *
 * Adds the {permit} method, which can be used to change an account's ERC20 allowance (see {IERC20-allowance}) by
 * presenting a message signed by the account. By not relying on `{IERC20-approve}`, the token holder account doesn't
 * need to send a transaction, and thus is not required to hold Ether at all.
 */
interface IERC20Permit {
    /**
     * @dev Sets `value` as the allowance of `spender` over `owner`'s tokens,
     * given `owner`'s signed approval.
     *
     * IMPORTANT: The same issues {IERC20-approve} has related to transaction
     * ordering also apply here.
     *
     * Emits an {Approval} event.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - `spender` cannot be the zero address.
     * - `deadline` must be a timestamp in the future.
     * - `v`, `r` and `s` must be a valid `secp256k1` signature from `owner`
     * over the EIP712-formatted function arguments.
     * - the signature must use ``owner``'s current nonce (see {nonces}).
     *
     * For more information on the signature format, see the
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2612#specification[relevant EIP
     * section].
     */
    function permit(
        address owner,
        address spender,
        uint256 value,
        uint256 deadline,
        uint8 v,
        bytes32 r,
        bytes32 s
    ) external;

    /**
     * @dev Returns the current nonce for `owner`. This value must be
     * included whenever a signature is generated for {permit}.
     *
     * Every successful call to {permit} increases ``owner``'s nonce by one. This
     * prevents a signature from being used multiple times.
     */
    function nonces(address owner) external view returns (uint256);

    /**
     * @dev Returns the domain separator used in the encoding of the signature for `permit`, as defined by {EIP712}.
     */
    // solhint-disable-next-line func-name-mixedcase
    function DOMAIN_SEPARATOR() external view returns (bytes32);
}

// File: @balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/openzeppelin/EIP712.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.7.0;

/**
 * @dev https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-712[EIP 712] is a standard for hashing and signing of typed structured data.
 *
 * The encoding specified in the EIP is very generic, and such a generic implementation in Solidity is not feasible,
 * thus this contract does not implement the encoding itself. Protocols need to implement the type-specific encoding
 * they need in their contracts using a combination of `abi.encode` and `keccak256`.
 *
 * This contract implements the EIP 712 domain separator ({_domainSeparatorV4}) that is used as part of the encoding
 * scheme, and the final step of the encoding to obtain the message digest that is then signed via ECDSA
 * ({_hashTypedDataV4}).
 *
 * The implementation of the domain separator was designed to be as efficient as possible while still properly updating
 * the chain id to protect against replay attacks on an eventual fork of the chain.
 *
 * NOTE: This contract implements the version of the encoding known as "v4", as implemented by the JSON RPC method
 * https://docs.metamask.io/guide/signing-data.html[`eth_signTypedDataV4` in MetaMask].
 *
 * _Available since v3.4._
 */
abstract contract EIP712 {
    /* solhint-disable var-name-mixedcase */
    bytes32 private immutable _HASHED_NAME;
    bytes32 private immutable _HASHED_VERSION;
    bytes32 private immutable _TYPE_HASH;

    /* solhint-enable var-name-mixedcase */

    /**
     * @dev Initializes the domain separator and parameter caches.
     *
     * The meaning of `name` and `version` is specified in
     * https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-712#definition-of-domainseparator[EIP 712]:
     *
     * - `name`: the user readable name of the signing domain, i.e. the name of the DApp or the protocol.
     * - `version`: the current major version of the signing domain.
     *
     * NOTE: These parameters cannot be changed except through a xref:learn::upgrading-smart-contracts.adoc[smart
     * contract upgrade].
     */
    constructor(string memory name, string memory version) {
        _HASHED_NAME = keccak256(bytes(name));
        _HASHED_VERSION = keccak256(bytes(version));
        _TYPE_HASH = keccak256("EIP712Domain(string name,string version,uint256 chainId,address verifyingContract)");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the domain separator for the current chain.
     */
    function _domainSeparatorV4() internal view virtual returns (bytes32) {
        return keccak256(abi.encode(_TYPE_HASH, _HASHED_NAME, _HASHED_VERSION, _getChainId(), address(this)));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Given an already https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-712#definition-of-hashstruct[hashed struct], this
     * function returns the hash of the fully encoded EIP712 message for this domain.
     *
     * This hash can be used together with {ECDSA-recover} to obtain the signer of a message. For example:
     *
     * ```solidity
     * bytes32 digest = _hashTypedDataV4(keccak256(abi.encode(
     *     keccak256("Mail(address to,string contents)"),
     *     mailTo,
     *     keccak256(bytes(mailContents))
     * )));
     * address signer = ECDSA.recover(digest, signature);
     * ```
     */
    function _hashTypedDataV4(bytes32 structHash) internal view virtual returns (bytes32) {
        return keccak256(abi.encodePacked("\x19\x01", _domainSeparatorV4(), structHash));
    }

    function _getChainId() private view returns (uint256 chainId) {
        // Silence state mutability warning without generating bytecode.
        // See https://github.com/ethereum/solidity/issues/10090#issuecomment-741789128 and
        // https://github.com/ethereum/solidity/issues/2691
        this;

        // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
        assembly {
            chainId := chainid()
        }
    }
}

// File: @balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/openzeppelin/SafeMath.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

pragma solidity ^0.7.0;

import "../helpers/BalancerErrors.sol";

/**
 * @dev Wrappers over Solidity's arithmetic operations with added overflow
 * checks.
 *
 * Arithmetic operations in Solidity wrap on overflow. This can easily result
 * in bugs, because programmers usually assume that an overflow raises an
 * error, which is the standard behavior in high level programming languages.
 * `SafeMath` restores this intuition by reverting the transaction when an
 * operation overflows.
 *
 * Using this library instead of the unchecked operations eliminates an entire
 * class of bugs, so it's recommended to use it always.
 */
library SafeMath {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the addition of two unsigned integers, reverting on
     * overflow.
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `+` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - Addition cannot overflow.
     */
    function add(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        uint256 c = a + b;
        _require(c >= a, Errors.ADD_OVERFLOW);

        return c;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the subtraction of two unsigned integers, reverting on
     * overflow (when the result is negative).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `-` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - Subtraction cannot overflow.
     */
    function sub(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        return sub(a, b, Errors.SUB_OVERFLOW);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the subtraction of two unsigned integers, reverting with custom message on
     * overflow (when the result is negative).
     *
     * Counterpart to Solidity's `-` operator.
     *
     * Requirements:
     *
     * - Subtraction cannot overflow.
     */
    function sub(uint256 a, uint256 b, uint256 errorCode) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        _require(b <= a, errorCode);
        uint256 c = a - b;

        return c;
    }
}

// File: @balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/helpers/Authentication.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
// (at your option) any later version.

// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.

// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

pragma solidity ^0.7.0;

import "./BalancerErrors.sol";
import "./IAuthentication.sol";

/**
 * @dev Building block for performing access control on external functions.
 *
 * This contract is used via the `authenticate` modifier (or the `_authenticateCaller` function), which can be applied
 * to external functions to only make them callable by authorized accounts.
 *
 * Derived contracts must implement the `_canPerform` function, which holds the actual access control logic.
 */
abstract contract Authentication is IAuthentication {
    bytes32 private immutable _actionIdDisambiguator;

    /**
     * @dev The main purpose of the `actionIdDisambiguator` is to prevent accidental function selector collisions in
     * multi contract systems.
     *
     * There are two main uses for it:
     *  - if the contract is a singleton, any unique identifier can be used to make the associated action identifiers
     *    unique. The contract's own address is a good option.
     *  - if the contract belongs to a family that shares action identifiers for the same functions, an identifier
     *    shared by the entire family (and no other contract) should be used instead.
     */
    constructor(bytes32 actionIdDisambiguator) {
        _actionIdDisambiguator = actionIdDisambiguator;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Reverts unless the caller is allowed to call this function. Should only be applied to external functions.
     */
    modifier authenticate() {
        _authenticateCaller();
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Reverts unless the caller is allowed to call the entry point function.
     */
    function _authenticateCaller() internal view {
        bytes32 actionId = getActionId(msg.sig);
        _require(_canPerform(actionId, msg.sender), Errors.SENDER_NOT_ALLOWED);
    }

    function getActionId(bytes4 selector) public view override returns (bytes32) {
        // Each external function is dynamically assigned an action identifier as the hash of the disambiguator and the
        // function selector. Disambiguation is necessary to avoid potential collisions in the function selectors of
        // multiple contracts.
        return keccak256(abi.encodePacked(_actionIdDisambiguator, selector));
    }

    function _canPerform(bytes32 actionId, address user) internal view virtual returns (bool);
}

// File: @balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/helpers/IAuthentication.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
// (at your option) any later version.

// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.

// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

pragma solidity ^0.7.0;

interface IAuthentication {
    /**
     * @dev Returns the action identifier associated with the external function described by `selector`.
     */
    function getActionId(bytes4 selector) external view returns (bytes32);
}

// File: @balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/helpers/ERC20Helpers.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
// (at your option) any later version.

// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.

// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

pragma solidity ^0.7.0;

import "@balancer-labs/v2-vault/contracts/interfaces/IAsset.sol";

import "../openzeppelin/IERC20.sol";

// solhint-disable

function _asIAsset(IERC20[] memory tokens) pure returns (IAsset[] memory assets) {
    // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
    assembly {
        assets := tokens
    }
}

function _sortTokens(
    IERC20 tokenA,
    IERC20 tokenB,
    IERC20 tokenC
) pure returns (IERC20[] memory tokens) {
    (uint256 indexTokenA, uint256 indexTokenB, uint256 indexTokenC) = _getSortedTokenIndexes(tokenA, tokenB, tokenC);
    tokens = new IERC20[](3);
    tokens[indexTokenA] = tokenA;
    tokens[indexTokenB] = tokenB;
    tokens[indexTokenC] = tokenC;
}

function _insertSorted(IERC20[] memory tokens, IERC20 token) pure returns (IERC20[] memory sorted) {
    sorted = new IERC20[](tokens.length + 1);

    if (tokens.length == 0) {
        sorted[0] = token;
        return sorted;
    }

    uint256 i;
    for (i = tokens.length; i > 0 && tokens[i - 1] > token; i--) sorted[i] = tokens[i - 1];
    for (uint256 j = 0; j < i; j++) sorted[j] = tokens[j];
    sorted[i] = token;
}

function _getSortedTokenIndexes(
    IERC20 tokenA,
    IERC20 tokenB,
    IERC20 tokenC
)
    pure
    returns (
        uint256 indexTokenA,
        uint256 indexTokenB,
        uint256 indexTokenC
    )
{
    if (tokenA < tokenB) {
        if (tokenB < tokenC) {
            // (tokenA, tokenB, tokenC)
            return (0, 1, 2);
        } else if (tokenA < tokenC) {
            // (tokenA, tokenC, tokenB)
            return (0, 2, 1);
        } else {
            // (tokenC, tokenA, tokenB)
            return (1, 2, 0);
        }
    } else {
        // tokenB < tokenA
        if (tokenC < tokenB) {
            // (tokenC, tokenB, tokenA)
            return (2, 1, 0);
        } else if (tokenC < tokenA) {
            // (tokenB, tokenC, tokenA)
            return (2, 0, 1);
        } else {
            // (tokenB, tokenA, tokenC)
            return (1, 0, 2);
        }
    }
}

// File: @balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/openzeppelin/ReentrancyGuard.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

// Based on the ReentrancyGuard library from OpenZeppelin Contracts, altered to reduce bytecode size.
// Modifier code is inlined by the compiler, which causes its code to appear multiple times in the codebase. By using
// private functions, we achieve the same end result with slightly higher runtime gas costs, but reduced bytecode size.

pragma solidity ^0.7.0;

import "../helpers/BalancerErrors.sol";

/**
 * @dev Contract module that helps prevent reentrant calls to a function.
 *
 * Inheriting from `ReentrancyGuard` will make the {nonReentrant} modifier
 * available, which can be applied to functions to make sure there are no nested
 * (reentrant) calls to them.
 *
 * Note that because there is a single `nonReentrant` guard, functions marked as
 * `nonReentrant` may not call one another. This can be worked around by making
 * those functions `private`, and then adding `external` `nonReentrant` entry
 * points to them.
 *
 * TIP: If you would like to learn more about reentrancy and alternative ways
 * to protect against it, check out our blog post
 * https://blog.openzeppelin.com/reentrancy-after-istanbul/[Reentrancy After Istanbul].
 */
abstract contract ReentrancyGuard {
    // Booleans are more expensive than uint256 or any type that takes up a full
    // word because each write operation emits an extra SLOAD to first read the
    // slot's contents, replace the bits taken up by the boolean, and then write
    // back. This is the compiler's defense against contract upgrades and
    // pointer aliasing, and it cannot be disabled.

    // The values being non-zero value makes deployment a bit more expensive,
    // but in exchange the refund on every call to nonReentrant will be lower in
    // amount. Since refunds are capped to a percentage of the total
    // transaction's gas, it is best to keep them low in cases like this one, to
    // increase the likelihood of the full refund coming into effect.
    uint256 private constant _NOT_ENTERED = 1;
    uint256 private constant _ENTERED = 2;

    uint256 private _status;

    constructor() {
        _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Prevents a contract from calling itself, directly or indirectly.
     * Calling a `nonReentrant` function from another `nonReentrant`
     * function is not supported. It is possible to prevent this from happening
     * by making the `nonReentrant` function external, and make it call a
     * `private` function that does the actual work.
     */
    modifier nonReentrant() {
        _enterNonReentrant();
        _;
        _exitNonReentrant();
    }

    function _enterNonReentrant() private {
        // On the first call to nonReentrant, _status will be _NOT_ENTERED
        _require(_status != _ENTERED, Errors.REENTRANCY);

        // Any calls to nonReentrant after this point will fail
        _status = _ENTERED;
    }

    function _exitNonReentrant() private {
        // By storing the original value once again, a refund is triggered (see
        // https://eips.ethereum.org/EIPS/eip-2200)
        _status = _NOT_ENTERED;
    }
}

// File: contracts/twamm/OrderPool.sol



//SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
pragma solidity ^0.7.0;

import "@balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/math/FixedPoint.sol";
import "@balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/math/Math.sol";

import "hardhat/console.sol";

// @notice An Order Pool is an abstraction for a pool of long term orders that sells a token at a constant rate to the
// embedded AMM.

library OrderPoolLib {
    using FixedPoint for uint256;

    // @notice you can think of this as a staking pool where all long term orders are staked.
    // The pool is paid when virtual long term orders are executed, and each order is paid proportionally
    // by the order's sale rate per block
    struct OrderPool {
        //@notice current rate that tokens are being sold (per block)
        uint256 currentSalesRate;
        //@notice sum of (salesProceeds_k / salesRate_k) over every period k.
        //Stored as a fixed precision floating point number
        uint256 rewardFactor;
        //@notice this maps block numbers to the cumulative sales rate of orders that expire on that block
        mapping(uint256 => uint256) salesRateEndingPerBlock;
        //@notice reward factor per order at time of submission
        mapping(uint256 => uint256) rewardFactorAtSubmission;
        //@notice reward factor at a specific block
        mapping(uint256 => uint256) rewardFactorAtBlock;
        // To keep track of number of orders expiring at specific block for cleanup later
        mapping(uint256 => uint256) ordersExpiringAtBlock;
    }

    //@notice distribute payment amount to pool (in the case of TWAMM, proceeds from trades against amm)
    function distributePayment(OrderPool storage self, uint256 amount) internal {
        if (self.currentSalesRate != 0) {
            self.rewardFactor = self.rewardFactor.add(amount.divDown(self.currentSalesRate));
        }
    }

    //@notice deposit an order into the order pool.
    function depositOrder(
        OrderPool storage self,
        uint256 orderId,
        uint256 amountPerBlock,
        uint256 orderExpiryBlock
    ) internal {
        self.currentSalesRate = self.currentSalesRate.add(amountPerBlock);
        self.rewardFactorAtSubmission[orderId] = self.rewardFactor;
        self.salesRateEndingPerBlock[orderExpiryBlock] = self.salesRateEndingPerBlock[orderExpiryBlock].add(
            amountPerBlock
        );
        self.ordersExpiringAtBlock[orderExpiryBlock] = Math.add(self.ordersExpiringAtBlock[orderExpiryBlock], 1);
    }

    // This function gets called when the orders are either cancelled or withdrawn
    function cleanUpOrder(
        OrderPool storage self,
        uint256 orderId,
        uint256 orderExpiryBlock
    ) internal {
        // Reward factor of the order can be cleaned up when the order is completed
        delete self.rewardFactorAtSubmission[orderId];

        // rewardFactorAtBlock and ordersExpiringAtBlock can be cleaned up since rewardFactorAtBlock is useful for
        // withdraw and cancel only
        if (self.ordersExpiringAtBlock[orderExpiryBlock] == 0) {
            delete self.rewardFactorAtBlock[orderExpiryBlock];
            delete self.ordersExpiringAtBlock[orderExpiryBlock];
        }
    }

    //@notice when orders expire after a given block, we need to update the state of the pool
    function updateStateFromBlockExpiry(OrderPool storage self, uint256 blockNumber) internal {
        self.currentSalesRate = self.currentSalesRate.sub(self.salesRateEndingPerBlock[blockNumber]);
        self.rewardFactorAtBlock[blockNumber] = self.rewardFactor;

        // Free up salesRateEndingPerBlock as it won't be needed once currentSalesRate is updated on reaching
        // the expiry block
        delete self.salesRateEndingPerBlock[blockNumber];
    }

    //@notice cancel order and remove from the order pool
    function cancelOrder(
        OrderPool storage self,
        uint256 orderId,
        uint256 lastVirtualOrderBlock,
        uint256 orderSaleRate,
        uint256 orderExpiryBlock
    ) internal returns (uint256 unsoldAmount, uint256 purchasedAmount) {
        _require(orderExpiryBlock > lastVirtualOrderBlock, Errors.ORDER_ALREADY_COMPLETED);

        // Calculate amount that wasn't sold, and needs to be returned
        uint256 blocksRemaining = Math.sub(orderExpiryBlock, lastVirtualOrderBlock);
        unsoldAmount = blocksRemaining.fromUint().mulDown(orderSaleRate);

        // Calculate amount of purchased token.
        uint256 rewardFactorAtSubmission = self.rewardFactorAtSubmission[orderId];
        purchasedAmount = (self.rewardFactor - rewardFactorAtSubmission).mulDown(orderSaleRate);

        // Update state
        self.currentSalesRate = self.currentSalesRate.sub(orderSaleRate);
        self.salesRateEndingPerBlock[orderExpiryBlock] -= orderSaleRate;
        self.ordersExpiringAtBlock[orderExpiryBlock] = Math.sub(self.ordersExpiringAtBlock[orderExpiryBlock], 1);
    }

    //@notice withdraw proceeds from pool for a given order. This can be done before or after the order has expired.
    //If the order has expired, we calculate the reward factor at time of expiry. If order has not yet expired, we
    //use current reward factor, and update the reward factor at time of staking (effectively creating a new order)
    function withdrawProceeds(
        OrderPool storage self,
        uint256 orderId,
        uint256 lastVirtualOrderBlock,
        uint256 orderSaleRate,
        uint256 orderExpiryBlock
    ) internal returns (uint256 totalReward, bool isPartialWithdrawal) {
        _require(orderSaleRate != 0, Errors.NEGATIVE_SALES_RATE);

        uint256 rewardFactorAtSubmission = self.rewardFactorAtSubmission[orderId];

        // If order has expired, we need to calculate the reward factor at expiry
        if (lastVirtualOrderBlock >= orderExpiryBlock) {
            uint256 rewardFactorAtExpiry = self.rewardFactorAtBlock[orderExpiryBlock];
            totalReward = rewardFactorAtExpiry.sub(rewardFactorAtSubmission).mulDown(orderSaleRate);
            isPartialWithdrawal = false;
            self.ordersExpiringAtBlock[orderExpiryBlock] = Math.sub(self.ordersExpiringAtBlock[orderExpiryBlock], 1);
        } else {
            // If order has not yet expired (i.e. partial withdrawal), we just adjust the start.
            totalReward = self.rewardFactor.sub(rewardFactorAtSubmission).mulDown(orderSaleRate);
            self.rewardFactorAtSubmission[orderId] = self.rewardFactor;
            isPartialWithdrawal = true;
        }
    }
}

// File: @balancer-labs/v2-pool-utils/contracts/factories/FactoryWidePauseWindow.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
// (at your option) any later version.

// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.

// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

pragma solidity ^0.7.0;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;

/**
 * @dev Utility to create Pool factories for Pools that use the `TemporarilyPausable` contract.
 *
 * By calling `TemporarilyPausable`'s constructor with the result of `getPauseConfiguration`, all Pools created by this
 * factory will share the same Pause Window end time, after which both old and new Pools will not be pausable.
 */
contract FactoryWidePauseWindow {
    // This contract relies on timestamps in a similar way as `TemporarilyPausable` does - the same caveats apply.
    // solhint-disable not-rely-on-time

    uint256 private constant _INITIAL_PAUSE_WINDOW_DURATION = 90 days;
    uint256 private constant _BUFFER_PERIOD_DURATION = 30 days;

    // Time when the pause window for all created Pools expires, and the pause window duration of new Pools becomes
    // zero.
    uint256 private immutable _poolsPauseWindowEndTime;

    constructor() {
        _poolsPauseWindowEndTime = block.timestamp + _INITIAL_PAUSE_WINDOW_DURATION;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the current `TemporarilyPausable` configuration that will be applied to Pools created by this
     * factory.
     *
     * `pauseWindowDuration` will decrease over time until it reaches zero, at which point both it and
     * `bufferPeriodDuration` will be zero forever, meaning deployed Pools will not be pausable.
     */
    function getPauseConfiguration() public view returns (uint256 pauseWindowDuration, uint256 bufferPeriodDuration) {
        uint256 currentTime = block.timestamp;
        if (currentTime < _poolsPauseWindowEndTime) {
            // The buffer period is always the same since its duration is related to how much time is needed to respond
            // to a potential emergency. The Pause Window duration however decreases as the end time approaches.

            pauseWindowDuration = _poolsPauseWindowEndTime - currentTime; // No need for checked arithmetic.
            bufferPeriodDuration = _BUFFER_PERIOD_DURATION;
        } else {
            // After the end time, newly created Pools have no Pause Window, nor Buffer Period (since they are not
            // pausable in the first place).

            pauseWindowDuration = 0;
            bufferPeriodDuration = 0;
        }
    }
}

// File: @balancer-labs/v2-pool-utils/contracts/factories/BasePoolSplitCodeFactory.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
// (at your option) any later version.

// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.

// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

pragma solidity ^0.7.0;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;

import "@balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/helpers/BaseSplitCodeFactory.sol";
import "@balancer-labs/v2-vault/contracts/interfaces/IVault.sol";

/**
 * @dev Same as `BasePoolFactory`, for Pools whose creation code is so large that the factory cannot hold it.
 */
abstract contract BasePoolSplitCodeFactory is BaseSplitCodeFactory {
    IVault private immutable _vault;
    mapping(address => bool) private _isPoolFromFactory;

    event PoolCreated(address indexed pool);

    constructor(IVault vault, bytes memory creationCode) BaseSplitCodeFactory(creationCode) {
        _vault = vault;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the Vault's address.
     */
    function getVault() public view returns (IVault) {
        return _vault;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns true if `pool` was created by this factory.
     */
    function isPoolFromFactory(address pool) external view returns (bool) {
        return _isPoolFromFactory[pool];
    }

    function _create(bytes memory constructorArgs) internal override returns (address) {
        address pool = super._create(constructorArgs);

        _isPoolFromFactory[pool] = true;
        emit PoolCreated(pool);

        return pool;
    }
}

// File: @balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/helpers/BaseSplitCodeFactory.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
// (at your option) any later version.

// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.

// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

pragma solidity ^0.7.0;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;

import "./BalancerErrors.sol";
import "./CodeDeployer.sol";

/**
 * @dev Base factory for contracts whose creation code is so large that the factory cannot hold it. This happens when
 * the contract's creation code grows close to 24kB.
 *
 * Note that this factory cannot help with contracts that have a *runtime* (deployed) bytecode larger than 24kB.
 */
abstract contract BaseSplitCodeFactory {
    // The contract's creation code is stored as code in two separate addresses, and retrieved via `extcodecopy`. This
    // means this factory supports contracts with creation code of up to 48kB.
    // We rely on inline-assembly to achieve this, both to make the entire operation highly gas efficient, and because
    // `extcodecopy` is not available in Solidity.

    // solhint-disable no-inline-assembly

    address private immutable _creationCodeContractA;
    uint256 private immutable _creationCodeSizeA;

    address private immutable _creationCodeContractB;
    uint256 private immutable _creationCodeSizeB;

    /**
     * @dev The creation code of a contract Foo can be obtained inside Solidity with `type(Foo).creationCode`.
     */
    constructor(bytes memory creationCode) {
        uint256 creationCodeSize = creationCode.length;

        // We are going to deploy two contracts: one with approximately the first half of `creationCode`'s contents
        // (A), and another with the remaining half (B).
        // We store the lengths in both immutable and stack variables, since immutable variables cannot be read during
        // construction.
        uint256 creationCodeSizeA = creationCodeSize / 2;
        _creationCodeSizeA = creationCodeSizeA;

        uint256 creationCodeSizeB = creationCodeSize - creationCodeSizeA;
        _creationCodeSizeB = creationCodeSizeB;

        // To deploy the contracts, we're going to use `CodeDeployer.deploy()`, which expects a memory array with
        // the code to deploy. Note that we cannot simply create arrays for A and B's code by copying or moving
        // `creationCode`'s contents as they are expected to be very large (> 24kB), so we must operate in-place.

        // Memory: [ code length ] [ A.data ] [ B.data ]

        // Creating A's array is simple: we simply replace `creationCode`'s length with A's length. We'll later restore
        // the original length.

        bytes memory creationCodeA;
        assembly {
            creationCodeA := creationCode
            mstore(creationCodeA, creationCodeSizeA)
        }

        // Memory: [ A.length ] [ A.data ] [ B.data ]
        //         ^ creationCodeA

        _creationCodeContractA = CodeDeployer.deploy(creationCodeA);

        // Creating B's array is a bit more involved: since we cannot move B's contents, we are going to create a 'new'
        // memory array starting at A's last 32 bytes, which will be replaced with B's length. We'll back-up this last
        // byte to later restore it.

        bytes memory creationCodeB;
        bytes32 lastByteA;

        assembly {
            // `creationCode` points to the array's length, not data, so by adding A's length to it we arrive at A's
            // last 32 bytes.
            creationCodeB := add(creationCode, creationCodeSizeA)
            lastByteA := mload(creationCodeB)
            mstore(creationCodeB, creationCodeSizeB)
        }

        // Memory: [ A.length ] [ A.data[ : -1] ] [ B.length ][ B.data ]
        //         ^ creationCodeA                ^ creationCodeB

        _creationCodeContractB = CodeDeployer.deploy(creationCodeB);

        // We now restore the original contents of `creationCode` by writing back the original length and A's last byte.
        assembly {
            mstore(creationCodeA, creationCodeSize)
            mstore(creationCodeB, lastByteA)
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the two addresses where the creation code of the contract crated by this factory is stored.
     */
    function getCreationCodeContracts() public view returns (address contractA, address contractB) {
        return (_creationCodeContractA, _creationCodeContractB);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the creation code of the contract this factory creates.
     */
    function getCreationCode() public view returns (bytes memory) {
        return _getCreationCodeWithArgs("");
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the creation code that will result in a contract being deployed with `constructorArgs`.
     */
    function _getCreationCodeWithArgs(bytes memory constructorArgs) private view returns (bytes memory code) {
        // This function exists because `abi.encode()` cannot be instructed to place its result at a specific address.
        // We need for the ABI-encoded constructor arguments to be located immediately after the creation code, but
        // cannot rely on `abi.encodePacked()` to perform concatenation as that would involve copying the creation code,
        // which would be prohibitively expensive.
        // Instead, we compute the creation code in a pre-allocated array that is large enough to hold *both* the
        // creation code and the constructor arguments, and then copy the ABI-encoded arguments (which should not be
        // overly long) right after the end of the creation code.

        // Immutable variables cannot be used in assembly, so we store them in the stack first.
        address creationCodeContractA = _creationCodeContractA;
        uint256 creationCodeSizeA = _creationCodeSizeA;
        address creationCodeContractB = _creationCodeContractB;
        uint256 creationCodeSizeB = _creationCodeSizeB;

        uint256 creationCodeSize = creationCodeSizeA + creationCodeSizeB;
        uint256 constructorArgsSize = constructorArgs.length;

        uint256 codeSize = creationCodeSize + constructorArgsSize;

        assembly {
            // First, we allocate memory for `code` by retrieving the free memory pointer and then moving it ahead of
            // `code` by the size of the creation code plus constructor arguments, and 32 bytes for the array length.
            code := mload(0x40)
            mstore(0x40, add(code, add(codeSize, 32)))

            // We now store the length of the code plus constructor arguments.
            mstore(code, codeSize)

            // Next, we concatenate the creation code stored in A and B.
            let dataStart := add(code, 32)
            extcodecopy(creationCodeContractA, dataStart, 0, creationCodeSizeA)
            extcodecopy(creationCodeContractB, add(dataStart, creationCodeSizeA), 0, creationCodeSizeB)
        }

        // Finally, we copy the constructorArgs to the end of the array. Unfortunately there is no way to avoid this
        // copy, as it is not possible to tell Solidity where to store the result of `abi.encode()`.
        uint256 constructorArgsDataPtr;
        uint256 constructorArgsCodeDataPtr;
        assembly {
            constructorArgsDataPtr := add(constructorArgs, 32)
            constructorArgsCodeDataPtr := add(add(code, 32), creationCodeSize)
        }

        _memcpy(constructorArgsCodeDataPtr, constructorArgsDataPtr, constructorArgsSize);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Deploys a contract with constructor arguments. To create `constructorArgs`, call `abi.encode()` with the
     * contract's constructor arguments, in order.
     */
    function _create(bytes memory constructorArgs) internal virtual returns (address) {
        bytes memory creationCode = _getCreationCodeWithArgs(constructorArgs);

        address destination;
        assembly {
            destination := create(0, add(creationCode, 32), mload(creationCode))
        }

        if (destination == address(0)) {
            // Bubble up inner revert reason
            // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
            assembly {
                returndatacopy(0, 0, returndatasize())
                revert(0, returndatasize())
            }
        }

        return destination;
    }

    // From
    // https://github.com/Arachnid/solidity-stringutils/blob/b9a6f6615cf18a87a823cbc461ce9e140a61c305/src/strings.sol
    function _memcpy(
        uint256 dest,
        uint256 src,
        uint256 len
    ) private pure {
        // Copy word-length chunks while possible
        for (; len >= 32; len -= 32) {
            assembly {
                mstore(dest, mload(src))
            }
            dest += 32;
            src += 32;
        }

        // Copy remaining bytes
        uint256 mask = 256**(32 - len) - 1;
        assembly {
            let srcpart := and(mload(src), not(mask))
            let destpart := and(mload(dest), mask)
            mstore(dest, or(destpart, srcpart))
        }
    }
}

// File: @balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/helpers/CodeDeployer.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
// (at your option) any later version.

// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.

// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

pragma solidity ^0.7.0;

import "./BalancerErrors.sol";

/**
 * @dev Library used to deploy contracts with specific code. This can be used for long-term storage of immutable data as
 * contract code, which can be retrieved via the `extcodecopy` opcode.
 */
library CodeDeployer {
    // During contract construction, the full code supplied exists as code, and can be accessed via `codesize` and
    // `codecopy`. This is not the contract's final code however: whatever the constructor returns is what will be
    // stored as its code.
    //
    // We use this mechanism to have a simple constructor that stores whatever is appended to it. The following opcode
    // sequence corresponds to the creation code of the following equivalent Solidity contract, plus padding to make the
    // full code 32 bytes long:
    //
    // contract CodeDeployer {
    //     constructor() payable {
    //         uint256 size;
    //         assembly {
    //             size := sub(codesize(), 32) // size of appended data, as constructor is 32 bytes long
    //             codecopy(0, 32, size) // copy all appended data to memory at position 0
    //             return(0, size) // return appended data for it to be stored as code
    //         }
    //     }
    // }
    //
    // More specifically, it is composed of the following opcodes (plus padding):
    //
    // [1] PUSH1 0x20
    // [2] CODESIZE
    // [3] SUB
    // [4] DUP1
    // [6] PUSH1 0x20
    // [8] PUSH1 0x00
    // [9] CODECOPY
    // [11] PUSH1 0x00
    // [12] RETURN
    //
    // The padding is just the 0xfe sequence (invalid opcode). It is important as it lets us work in-place, avoiding
    // memory allocation and copying.
    bytes32
        private constant _DEPLOYER_CREATION_CODE = 0x602038038060206000396000f3fefefefefefefefefefefefefefefefefefefe;

    /**
     * @dev Deploys a contract with `code` as its code, returning the destination address.
     *
     * Reverts if deployment fails.
     */
    function deploy(bytes memory code) internal returns (address destination) {
        bytes32 deployerCreationCode = _DEPLOYER_CREATION_CODE;

        // We need to concatenate the deployer creation code and `code` in memory, but want to avoid copying all of
        // `code` (which could be quite long) into a new memory location. Therefore, we operate in-place using
        // assembly.

        // solhint-disable-next-line no-inline-assembly
        assembly {
            let codeLength := mload(code)

            // `code` is composed of length and data. We've already stored its length in `codeLength`, so we simply
            // replace it with the deployer creation code (which is exactly 32 bytes long).
            mstore(code, deployerCreationCode)

            // At this point, `code` now points to the deployer creation code immediately followed by `code`'s data
            // contents. This is exactly what the deployer expects to receive when created.
            destination := create(0, code, add(codeLength, 32))

            // Finally, we restore the original length in order to not mutate `code`.
            mstore(code, codeLength)
        }

        // The create opcode returns the zero address when contract creation fails, so we revert if this happens.
        _require(destination != address(0), Errors.CODE_DEPLOYMENT_FAILED);
    }
}

// File: contracts/TwammWeightedPoolFactory.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
// (at your option) any later version.

// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.

// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

pragma solidity ^0.7.0;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;

import "@balancer-labs/v2-vault/contracts/interfaces/IVault.sol";

import "@balancer-labs/v2-pool-utils/contracts/factories/BasePoolSplitCodeFactory.sol";
import "@balancer-labs/v2-pool-utils/contracts/factories/FactoryWidePauseWindow.sol";

import "./twamm/LongTermOrders.sol";
import "./TwammWeightedPool.sol";

contract TwammWeightedPoolFactory is BasePoolSplitCodeFactory, FactoryWidePauseWindow {
    event LongTermOrdersContractCreated(address indexed ltoContract);

    constructor(IVault vault) BasePoolSplitCodeFactory(vault, type(TwammWeightedPool).creationCode) {
        // solhint-disable-previous-line no-empty-blocks
    }

    /**
     * @dev Deploys a new `TwammWeightedPool`.
     */
    function create(
        string memory name,
        string memory symbol,
        IERC20[] memory tokens,
        uint256[] memory weights,
        uint256 swapFeePercentage,
        address owner,
        uint256 orderBlockInterval
    ) external returns (address poolAddress) {
        (uint256 pauseWindowDuration, uint256 bufferPeriodDuration) = getPauseConfiguration();

        LongTermOrders longTermOrdersContract = new LongTermOrders(orderBlockInterval);
        emit LongTermOrdersContractCreated(address(longTermOrdersContract));

        poolAddress = _create(
            abi.encode(
                getVault(),
                name,
                symbol,
                tokens,
                weights,
                swapFeePercentage,
                pauseWindowDuration,
                bufferPeriodDuration,
                owner,
                address(longTermOrdersContract)
            )
        );

        longTermOrdersContract.transferOwnership(poolAddress);
    }
}

// File: contracts/twamm/LongTermOrders.sol



//SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
pragma solidity ^0.7.0;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;

import "@balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/math/FixedPoint.sol";
import "@balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/math/Math.sol";
import "@balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/openzeppelin/Ownable.sol";
import "./ILongTermOrders.sol";
import "./OrderPool.sol";
import "./MinHeap.sol";
import "./SignedFixedPoint.sol";
import "../WeightedPoolUserData.sol";

import "hardhat/console.sol";

//@notice This library handles the state and execution of long term orders.
contract LongTermOrders is ILongTermOrders, Ownable {
    using FixedPoint for uint256;
    using SignedFixedPoint for int256;
    using OrderPoolLib for OrderPoolLib.OrderPool;
    using MinHeap for uint256[];

    //@notice structure contains full state related to long term orders
    struct LongTermOrdersStruct {
        //@notice minimum block interval between order expiries
        uint32 orderBlockInterval;
        //@notice incrementing counter for order ids
        uint32 lastOrderId;
        uint64 maxPerBlockSaleRatePercent;
        uint64 minltoOrderAmountToAmmBalanceRatio;
        //@notice last virtual orders were executed immediately before this block
        uint64 lastVirtualOrderBlock;
        uint256 feePercentage;
        uint256 balanceA;
        uint256 balanceB;
        //@notice mapping from token address to pool that is selling that token
        // We maintain two order pools, one for each token that is tradable in the AMM
        mapping(uint256 => OrderPoolLib.OrderPool) orderPoolMap;
        //@notice mapping from order ids to Orders
        mapping(uint256 => Order) orderMap;
        uint256[] orderExpiryHeap;
    }

    LongTermOrdersStruct public longTermOrders;
    uint256 private _maxUniqueOrderExpiries = 20;
    uint256 private _maxNumberOfBlockIntervals = 48;
    uint256 private _maxVirtualOrderExecutionLoops = 750;

    constructor(uint256 _orderBlockInterval) Ownable() {
        longTermOrders.lastVirtualOrderBlock = uint64(block.number);
        longTermOrders.orderBlockInterval = uint32(_orderBlockInterval);

        longTermOrders.maxPerBlockSaleRatePercent = uint64(1e16);
        longTermOrders.minltoOrderAmountToAmmBalanceRatio = uint64(1e14);

        // Setup heap
        longTermOrders.orderExpiryHeap.push(0);
    }

    function performLongTermSwap(
        address owner,
        uint256[] calldata balances,
        uint256 sellTokenIndex,
        uint256 buyTokenIndex,
        uint256 amountIn,
        uint256 numberOfBlockIntervals
    )
        external
        override
        onlyOwner
        returns (
            Order memory,
            uint256,
            uint256
        )
    {
        _require(
            amountIn > balances[sellTokenIndex].mulUp(uint256(longTermOrders.minltoOrderAmountToAmmBalanceRatio)),
            Errors.LONG_TERM_ORDER_AMOUNT_TOO_LOW
        );

        _require(numberOfBlockIntervals != 0, Errors.LONG_TERM_ORDER_NUM_INTERVALS_TOO_LOW);

        return _addLongTermSwap(owner, balances, sellTokenIndex, buyTokenIndex, amountIn, numberOfBlockIntervals);
    }

    //@notice adds long term swap to order pool
    function _addLongTermSwap(
        address owner,
        uint256[] calldata balances,
        uint256 sellTokenIndex,
        uint256 buyTokenIndex,
        uint256 amount,
        uint256 numberOfBlockIntervals
    )
        internal
        returns (
            Order memory,
            uint256,
            uint256
        )
    {
        uint256 orderId = uint256(longTermOrders.lastOrderId);
        ++longTermOrders.lastOrderId;

        // Determine the selling rate based on number of blocks to expiry and total amount
        uint256 orderExpiry = _getOrderExpiry(numberOfBlockIntervals);

        // Selling rate = amount / number of blocks
        // orderExpiry guaranteed to be > block.number.
        uint256 sellingRate = amount.divDown((orderExpiry - block.number).fromUint());

        // If there are no other orders expiring at this block, we need to protect against attack.
        if (
            longTermOrders.orderPoolMap[0].ordersExpiringAtBlock[orderExpiry] == 0 &&
            longTermOrders.orderPoolMap[1].ordersExpiringAtBlock[orderExpiry] == 0
        ) {
            if (longTermOrders.orderExpiryHeap.length > _maxUniqueOrderExpiries) {
                _require(
                    numberOfBlockIntervals <= _maxNumberOfBlockIntervals,
                    Errors.LONG_TERM_ORDER_NUM_INTERVALS_TOO_HIGH
                );
            }
            // Only insert block number in order expiry heap if it's not already there.
            longTermOrders.orderExpiryHeap.insert(orderExpiry);
        }

        // Add order to the correct pool.
        longTermOrders.orderPoolMap[sellTokenIndex].depositOrder(orderId, sellingRate, orderExpiry);

        // Add to order map
        Order memory order = Order(orderId, orderExpiry, sellingRate, owner, sellTokenIndex, buyTokenIndex);
        longTermOrders.orderMap[orderId] = order;

        // Update accounting for the sale amount.
        _addToLongTermOrdersBalance(sellTokenIndex, amount);

        _checkIfNewSalesRateTooHigh(sellTokenIndex, balances);

        if (sellTokenIndex == 0) {
            return (order, amount, 0);
        } else {
            return (order, 0, amount);
        }
    }

    //@notice cancel long term swap, pay out unsold tokens and well as purchased tokens
    function cancelLongTermSwap(address sender, uint256 orderId)
        external
        override
        onlyOwner
        returns (
            uint256 purchasedAmount,
            uint256 unsoldAmount,
            Order memory order
        )
    {
        order = longTermOrders.orderMap[orderId];
        _require(order.owner == sender, Errors.CALLER_IS_NOT_OWNER);

        OrderPoolLib.OrderPool storage orderPool = longTermOrders.orderPoolMap[order.sellTokenIndex];
        uint256 orderExpirationBlock = order.expirationBlock;

        (unsoldAmount, purchasedAmount) = orderPool.cancelOrder(
            orderId,
            longTermOrders.lastVirtualOrderBlock,
            order.saleRate,
            orderExpirationBlock
        );

        // Remove amounts from LongTermOrders balances.
        _removeFromLongTermOrdersBalance(order.buyTokenIndex, purchasedAmount);
        _removeFromLongTermOrdersBalance(order.sellTokenIndex, unsoldAmount);

        // Clean up order data
        delete longTermOrders.orderMap[orderId];
        orderPool.cleanUpOrder(orderId, orderExpirationBlock);
    }

    // @notice withdraw proceeds from a long term swap (can be expired or ongoing)
    function withdrawProceedsFromLongTermSwap(address sender, uint256 orderId)
        external
        override
        onlyOwner
        returns (
            uint256 proceeds,
            Order memory order,
            bool isPartialWithdrawal
        )
    {
        order = longTermOrders.orderMap[orderId];
        _require(order.owner == sender, Errors.CALLER_IS_NOT_OWNER);

        OrderPoolLib.OrderPool storage orderPool = longTermOrders.orderPoolMap[order.sellTokenIndex];
        uint256 orderExpirationBlock = order.expirationBlock;

        (proceeds, isPartialWithdrawal) = orderPool.withdrawProceeds(
            orderId,
            longTermOrders.lastVirtualOrderBlock,
            order.saleRate,
            orderExpirationBlock
        );

        _require(proceeds != 0, Errors.NO_PROCEEDS_TO_WITHDRAW);
        // Update long term order balances
        _removeFromLongTermOrdersBalance(order.buyTokenIndex, proceeds);

        // Clean up order data
        if (!isPartialWithdrawal) {
            delete longTermOrders.orderMap[orderId];
            orderPool.cleanUpOrder(orderId, orderExpirationBlock);
        }
    }

    //@notice executes all virtual orders until current block is reached.
    function executeVirtualOrdersUntilCurrentBlock(uint256[] calldata balances)
        external
        override
        onlyOwner
        returns (uint256 ammTokenA, uint256 ammTokenB)
    {
        if (longTermOrders.lastVirtualOrderBlock == uint64(block.number)) {
            return (balances[0], balances[1]);
        }

        ammTokenA = balances[0];
        ammTokenB = balances[1];

        uint256 numLoops;

        while (longTermOrders.orderExpiryHeap.length != 1 && numLoops < _maxVirtualOrderExecutionLoops) {
            // Look for next order expiry block number in heap.
            uint256 nextOrderExpiryBlock = longTermOrders.orderExpiryHeap.getMin();

            // Directly jump to current block number if no order has expired until it.
            if (nextOrderExpiryBlock >= block.number) {
                (ammTokenA, ammTokenB) = _executeVirtualTradesAndOrderExpiries(
                    ammTokenA,
                    ammTokenB,
                    block.number,
                    nextOrderExpiryBlock == block.number
                );

                // If next order expiry is current block, pop from heap.
                // Looping, because there can be multiple orders expiring at same block.
                if (nextOrderExpiryBlock == block.number) {
                    // Assumption: nextOrderExpiryBlock is at top of the heap.
                    // do while saves operations for one condition check.
                    do {
                        longTermOrders.orderExpiryHeap.removeMin();
                    } while (
                        longTermOrders.orderExpiryHeap.length != 1 &&
                            nextOrderExpiryBlock == longTermOrders.orderExpiryHeap.getMin()
                    );
                }
                break;
            } else {
                // Directly jump to nextOrderExpiryBlock.
                (ammTokenA, ammTokenB) = _executeVirtualTradesAndOrderExpiries(
                    ammTokenA,
                    ammTokenB,
                    nextOrderExpiryBlock,
                    true
                );

                // Assumption: nextOrderExpiryBlock is at top of the heap.
                // do while saves operations for one condition check.
                do {
                    longTermOrders.orderExpiryHeap.removeMin();
                } while (
                    longTermOrders.orderExpiryHeap.length != 1 &&
                        nextOrderExpiryBlock == longTermOrders.orderExpiryHeap.getMin()
                );
            }
            numLoops += 1;
        }
        if (longTermOrders.orderExpiryHeap.length == 1) {
            longTermOrders.lastVirtualOrderBlock = uint64(block.number);
        }
    }

    function _checkIfNewSalesRateTooHigh(uint256 sellTokenIndex, uint256[] calldata balances) internal view {
        uint256 maxPerBlockSaleRatePercent = uint256(longTermOrders.maxPerBlockSaleRatePercent);

        _require(
            longTermOrders.orderPoolMap[sellTokenIndex].currentSalesRate <=
                maxPerBlockSaleRatePercent.mulDown(balances[sellTokenIndex]),
            Errors.LONG_TERM_ORDER_AMOUNT_TOO_LARGE
        );
    }

    //@notice executes all virtual orders between current lastVirtualOrderBlock and blockNumber also handles
    //orders that expire at end of final block. This assumes that no orders expire inside the given interval
    function _executeVirtualTradesAndOrderExpiries(
        uint256 tokenAStart,
        uint256 tokenBStart,
        uint256 blockNumber,
        bool isExpiryBlock
    ) private returns (uint256, uint256) {
        OrderPoolLib.OrderPool storage orderPoolA = longTermOrders.orderPoolMap[0];
        OrderPoolLib.OrderPool storage orderPoolB = longTermOrders.orderPoolMap[1];

        // Amounts to be sold from virtual trades.
        uint256 blockNumberIncrement = Math.sub(blockNumber, longTermOrders.lastVirtualOrderBlock).fromUint();
        uint256 tokenASellAmount = orderPoolA.currentSalesRate.mulDown(blockNumberIncrement);
        uint256 tokenBSellAmount = orderPoolB.currentSalesRate.mulDown(blockNumberIncrement);

        // Get updated LTO and AMM balances.
        (uint256 tokenAOut, uint256 tokenBOut, uint256 ammEndTokenA, uint256 ammEndTokenB) = _computeVirtualBalances(
            tokenAStart,
            tokenBStart,
            tokenASellAmount,
            tokenBSellAmount
        );

        if (tokenAOut != 0) {
            (tokenAOut, ammEndTokenA) = _deductProtocolFees(tokenAOut, ammEndTokenA);
        }

        if (tokenBOut != 0) {
            (tokenBOut, ammEndTokenB) = _deductProtocolFees(tokenBOut, ammEndTokenB);
        }

        // Update balances reserves for both tokens.
        _addToLongTermOrdersBalance(0, tokenAOut);
        _removeFromLongTermOrdersBalance(0, tokenASellAmount);

        _addToLongTermOrdersBalance(1, tokenBOut);
        _removeFromLongTermOrdersBalance(1, tokenBSellAmount);

        // Distribute proceeds to order pools.
        orderPoolA.distributePayment(tokenBOut);
        orderPoolB.distributePayment(tokenAOut);

        // Handle orders expiring at the end of interval.
        if (isExpiryBlock) {
            orderPoolA.updateStateFromBlockExpiry(blockNumber);
            orderPoolB.updateStateFromBlockExpiry(blockNumber);
        }

        //update last virtual trade block
        longTermOrders.lastVirtualOrderBlock = uint64(blockNumber);

        return (ammEndTokenA, ammEndTokenB);
    }

    //@notice computes the result of virtual trades by the token pools
    function _computeVirtualBalances(
        uint256 tokenAStart,
        uint256 tokenBStart,
        uint256 tokenAIn,
        uint256 tokenBIn
    )
        private
        pure
        returns (
            uint256 tokenAOut,
            uint256 tokenBOut,
            uint256 ammEndTokenA,
            uint256 ammEndTokenB
        )
    {
        // If no tokens are sold to the pool, we don't need to execute any orders
        if (tokenAIn == 0 && tokenBIn == 0) {
            tokenAOut = 0;
            tokenBOut = 0;
            ammEndTokenA = tokenAStart;
            ammEndTokenB = tokenBStart;
        } else if (tokenAIn == 0) {
            // Only one pool is selling, we just perform a normal swap
            tokenBOut = 0;
            ammEndTokenB = tokenBStart.add(tokenBIn);
            tokenAOut = tokenAStart.mulDown(tokenBIn).divDown(ammEndTokenB);
            ammEndTokenA = tokenAStart.sub(tokenAOut);
        } else if (tokenBIn == 0) {
            // Only one pool is selling, we just perform a normal swap
            tokenAOut = 0;
            ammEndTokenA = tokenAStart.add(tokenAIn);
            tokenBOut = tokenBStart.mulDown(tokenAIn).divDown(ammEndTokenA);
            ammEndTokenB = tokenBStart.sub(tokenBOut);
        } else {
            // When both pools sell, we use the TWAMM formula
            ammEndTokenA = _computeAmmEndTokenA(tokenAIn, tokenBIn, tokenAStart, tokenBStart);
            ammEndTokenB = tokenAStart.divDown(ammEndTokenA).mulDown(tokenBStart);
            tokenAOut = tokenAStart.add(tokenAIn).sub(ammEndTokenA);
            tokenBOut = tokenBStart.add(tokenBIn).sub(ammEndTokenB);
        }
    }

    //helper function for TWAMM formula computation, helps avoid stack depth errors
    function _computeAmmEndTokenA(
        uint256 tokenAIn,
        uint256 tokenBIn,
        uint256 aStart,
        uint256 bStart
    ) private pure returns (uint256 ammEndTokenA) {
        uint256 k = aStart.mulUp(bStart);
        int256 c = _computeC(tokenAIn, tokenBIn, aStart, bStart);
        uint256 ePow = FixedPoint.fromUint(4).mulDown(tokenAIn).mulDown(tokenBIn).divDown(k).sqrt();
        int256 exponent = (ePow.exp()).toSignedFixedPoint();
        int256 fraction = (exponent.add(c)).divDown(exponent.sub(c));
        uint256 scaling = k.divDown(tokenBIn).sqrt().mulDown(tokenAIn.sqrt());

        ammEndTokenA = fraction.toFixedPoint().mulDown(scaling);
    }

    function _computeC(
        uint256 tokenAIn,
        uint256 tokenBIn,
        uint256 aStart,
        uint256 bStart
    ) private pure returns (int256 c) {
        uint256 c1 = aStart.mulDown(tokenBIn).sqrt();
        uint256 c2 = bStart.mulDown(tokenAIn).sqrt();
        int256 cNumerator = c1.toSignedFixedPoint().sub(c2.toSignedFixedPoint());
        uint256 cDenominator = c1.add(c2);

        c = cNumerator.divDown(cDenominator.toSignedFixedPoint());
    }

    function _addToLongTermOrdersBalance(uint256 tokenIndex, uint256 balance) internal {
        if (tokenIndex == 0) {
            longTermOrders.balanceA = Math.add(longTermOrders.balanceA, balance);
        } else if (tokenIndex == 1) {
            longTermOrders.balanceB = Math.add(longTermOrders.balanceB, balance);
        }
    }

    function _deductProtocolFees(uint256 purchasedAmount, uint256 ammEndToken)
        internal
        view
        returns (uint256, uint256)
    {
        uint256 totalFee = purchasedAmount.mulUp(longTermOrders.feePercentage);
        return (purchasedAmount.sub(totalFee), ammEndToken.add(totalFee));
    }

    function _removeFromLongTermOrdersBalance(uint256 tokenIndex, uint256 balance) internal {
        if (tokenIndex == 0) {
            longTermOrders.balanceA = longTermOrders.balanceA.sub(balance);
        } else {
            longTermOrders.balanceB = longTermOrders.balanceB.sub(balance);
        }
    }

    function getLongTermOrdersBalances() external view override returns (uint256 balanceA, uint256 balanceB) {
        return (longTermOrders.balanceA, longTermOrders.balanceB);
    }

    function _getOrderExpiry(uint256 numberOfBlockIntervals) internal view returns (uint256) {
        uint256 orderBlockInterval = longTermOrders.orderBlockInterval;
        uint256 mod = Math.mod(block.number, orderBlockInterval);
        if (mod != 0) {
            numberOfBlockIntervals = Math.add(numberOfBlockIntervals, 1);
        }

        return Math.add(Math.mul(orderBlockInterval, numberOfBlockIntervals), Math.sub(block.number, mod));
    }

    function setLongTermSwapFeePercentage(uint128 newLongTermSwapFeePercentage) external override onlyOwner {
        longTermOrders.feePercentage = uint256(newLongTermSwapFeePercentage);
    }

    function setMaxPerBlockSaleRatePercent(uint256 newMaxPerBlockSaleRatePercent) external override onlyOwner {
        longTermOrders.maxPerBlockSaleRatePercent = uint64(newMaxPerBlockSaleRatePercent);
    }

    function setMinLtoOrderAmountToAmmBalanceRatio(uint256 amountToAmmBalanceRatio) external override onlyOwner {
        longTermOrders.minltoOrderAmountToAmmBalanceRatio = uint64(amountToAmmBalanceRatio);
    }

    function setOrderLimits(
        uint256 maxUniqueOrderExpiries,
        uint256 maxNumberOfBlockIntervals,
        uint256 maxVirtualOrderExecutionLoops
    ) external override onlyOwner {
        _maxUniqueOrderExpiries = maxUniqueOrderExpiries;
        _maxNumberOfBlockIntervals = maxNumberOfBlockIntervals;
        _maxVirtualOrderExecutionLoops = maxVirtualOrderExecutionLoops;
    }

    function getLongTermOrderAndBoughtAmount(uint256 orderId)
        external
        view
        override
        returns (Order memory order, uint256 boughtAmount)
    {
        order = longTermOrders.orderMap[orderId];
        OrderPoolLib.OrderPool storage orderPool = longTermOrders.orderPoolMap[order.sellTokenIndex];

        boughtAmount = orderPool.rewardFactor.sub(orderPool.rewardFactorAtSubmission[order.id]).mulDown(order.saleRate);
    }
}

// File: contracts/TwammWeightedPool.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
// (at your option) any later version.

// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.

// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

pragma solidity ^0.7.0;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;

import "./BaseWeightedPool.sol";

import "./twamm/ILongTermOrders.sol";
import "./WeightedPoolUserData.sol";
import "@balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/math/FixedPoint.sol";
import "@balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/openzeppelin/ReentrancyGuard.sol";
import "@balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/helpers/ERC20Helpers.sol";
import "@balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/openzeppelin/Ownable.sol";

import "hardhat/console.sol";

/**
 * @dev Basic Weighted Pool with immutable weights.
 */
contract TwammWeightedPool is BaseWeightedPool, Ownable, ReentrancyGuard {
    using WeightedPoolUserData for bytes;
    using FixedPoint for uint256;

    uint256 private constant _MAX_TOKENS = 2;

    IERC20 internal immutable _token0;
    IERC20 internal immutable _token1;

    uint256 internal immutable _scalingFactor0;
    uint256 internal immutable _scalingFactor1;

    ILongTermOrders private _longTermOrders;

    // Twamm math depends on both the tokens being equal weight.
    uint256 internal _normalizedWeight0 = 0.5e18;
    uint256 internal _normalizedWeight1 = 0.5e18;

    mapping(uint256 => uint256) private _ltoCollectedFees;

    bool public virtualOrderExecutionPaused = false;

    event LongTermOrderPlaced(
        uint256 orderId,
        uint256 buyTokenIndex,
        uint256 sellTokenIndex,
        uint256 saleRate,
        address indexed owner,
        uint256 expirationBlock
    );
    event LongTermOrderWithdrawn(
        uint256 orderId,
        uint256 buyTokenIndex,
        uint256 sellTokenIndex,
        uint256 saleRate,
        address indexed owner,
        uint256 expirationBlock,
        uint256 proceeds,
        bool isPartialWithdrawal
    );
    event LongTermOrderCancelled(
        uint256 orderId,
        uint256 buyTokenIndex,
        uint256 sellTokenIndex,
        uint256 saleRate,
        address indexed owner,
        uint256 expirationBlock,
        uint256 proceeds,
        uint256 unsoldAmount
    );

    event LongTermSwapFeePercentageChanged(uint256 longTermSwapFeePercentage);
    event LongTermOrderManagementFeesCollected(IERC20[] tokens, uint256[] amounts);

    constructor(
        IVault vault,
        string memory name,
        string memory symbol,
        IERC20[] memory tokens,
        uint256[] memory normalizedWeights,
        uint256 swapFeePercentage,
        uint256 pauseWindowDuration,
        uint256 bufferPeriodDuration,
        address owner,
        address longTermOrdersContractAddress
    )
        BaseWeightedPool(
            vault,
            name,
            symbol,
            tokens,
            new address[](tokens.length), // Pass the zero address: Twamms can't have asset managers
            swapFeePercentage,
            pauseWindowDuration,
            bufferPeriodDuration,
            owner
        )
    {
        _require(tokens.length == 2, Errors.NOT_TWO_TOKENS);
        InputHelpers.ensureInputLengthMatch(tokens.length, normalizedWeights.length);

        _token0 = tokens[0];
        _token1 = tokens[1];

        _scalingFactor0 = _computeScalingFactor(tokens[0]);
        _scalingFactor1 = _computeScalingFactor(tokens[1]);

        if (longTermOrdersContractAddress != address(0)) {
            _longTermOrders = ILongTermOrders(longTermOrdersContractAddress);
            return;
        }

        // Code for unit tests.
        _require(normalizedWeights[0] >= WeightedMath._MIN_WEIGHT, Errors.MIN_WEIGHT);
        _require(normalizedWeights[1] >= WeightedMath._MIN_WEIGHT, Errors.MIN_WEIGHT);
        virtualOrderExecutionPaused = true;
        _normalizedWeight0 = normalizedWeights[0];
        _normalizedWeight1 = normalizedWeights[1];
    }

    function _getMaxTokens() internal pure virtual override returns (uint256) {
        return _MAX_TOKENS;
    }

    function _getNormalizedWeight(IERC20 token) internal view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        // prettier-ignore
        if (token == _token0) { return _normalizedWeight0; }
        else if (token == _token1) { return _normalizedWeight1; }
        else {
            _revert(Errors.INVALID_TOKEN);
        }
    }

    function _getNormalizedWeights() internal view virtual override returns (uint256[] memory normalizedWeights) {
        normalizedWeights = _getSizeTwoArray(_normalizedWeight0, _normalizedWeight1);
    }

    function _getNormalizedWeightsAndMaxWeightIndex()
        internal
        view
        override
        returns (uint256[] memory normalizedWeights, uint256 maxWeightTokenIndex)
    {
        normalizedWeights = _getSizeTwoArray(_normalizedWeight0, _normalizedWeight1);
        if (!virtualOrderExecutionPaused || normalizedWeights[0] >= normalizedWeights[1]) {
            maxWeightTokenIndex = 0;
        } else {
            maxWeightTokenIndex = 1;
        }
    }

    function _getTotalTokens() internal view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        return _MAX_TOKENS;
    }

    function _scalingFactor(IERC20 token) internal view virtual override returns (uint256) {
        // prettier-ignore
        if (token == _token0) { return _scalingFactor0; }
        else if (token == _token1) { return _scalingFactor1; }
        else {
            _revert(Errors.INVALID_TOKEN);
        }
    }

    function _scalingFactors() internal view virtual override returns (uint256[] memory scalingFactors) {
        scalingFactors = _getSizeTwoArray(_scalingFactor0, _scalingFactor1);
    }

    function _onJoinPool(
        bytes32 poolId,
        address sender,
        address recipient,
        uint256[] memory balances,
        uint256 lastChangeBlock,
        uint256 protocolSwapFeePercentage,
        uint256[] memory scalingFactors,
        bytes memory userData
    )
        internal
        virtual
        override
        whenNotPaused
        returns (
            uint256 bptAmountOut,
            uint256[] memory amountsIn,
            uint256[] memory dueProtocolFeeAmounts
        )
    {
        uint256[] memory updatedBalances = _getUpdatedPoolBalances(balances);

        if (!virtualOrderExecutionPaused) {
            (updatedBalances[0], updatedBalances[1]) = _longTermOrders.executeVirtualOrdersUntilCurrentBlock(
                updatedBalances
            );
        }

        (bptAmountOut, amountsIn, dueProtocolFeeAmounts) = super._onJoinPool(
            poolId,
            sender,
            recipient,
            updatedBalances,
            lastChangeBlock,
            protocolSwapFeePercentage,
            scalingFactors,
            userData
        );

        _checkSplitProtocolFees(dueProtocolFeeAmounts);
    }

    function _doJoin(
        address recipient,
        uint256[] memory balances,
        uint256[] memory normalizedWeights,
        uint256[] memory scalingFactors,
        bytes memory userData
    ) internal virtual override returns (uint256, uint256[] memory) {
        WeightedPoolUserData.JoinKind kind = userData.joinKind();
        // Check if it is a long term order, if it is then register it
        if (kind == WeightedPoolUserData.JoinKind.PLACE_LONG_TERM_ORDER) {
            return _registerLongTermOrder(recipient, balances, scalingFactors, userData);
        } else {
            return super._doJoin(recipient, balances, normalizedWeights, scalingFactors, userData);
        }
    }

    function _onExitPool(
        bytes32 poolId,
        address sender,
        address recipient,
        uint256[] memory balances,
        uint256 lastChangeBlock,
        uint256 protocolSwapFeePercentage,
        uint256[] memory scalingFactors,
        bytes memory userData
    )
        internal
        virtual
        override
        returns (
            uint256 bptAmountIn,
            uint256[] memory amountsOut,
            uint256[] memory dueProtocolFeeAmounts
        )
    {
        uint256[] memory updatedBalances = _getUpdatedPoolBalances(balances);

        if (!virtualOrderExecutionPaused) {
            (updatedBalances[0], updatedBalances[1]) = _longTermOrders.executeVirtualOrdersUntilCurrentBlock(
                updatedBalances
            );
        }

        (bptAmountIn, amountsOut, dueProtocolFeeAmounts) = super._onExitPool(
            poolId,
            sender,
            recipient,
            updatedBalances,
            lastChangeBlock,
            protocolSwapFeePercentage,
            scalingFactors,
            userData
        );

        _checkSplitProtocolFees(dueProtocolFeeAmounts);
    }

    function _doExit(
        address sender,
        uint256[] memory balances,
        uint256[] memory normalizedWeights,
        uint256[] memory scalingFactors,
        bytes memory userData
    ) internal virtual override returns (uint256, uint256[] memory) {
        WeightedPoolUserData.ExitKind kind = userData.exitKind();
        if (kind == WeightedPoolUserData.ExitKind.CANCEL_LONG_TERM_ORDER) {
            return _cancelLongTermOrder(sender, userData, scalingFactors);
        } else if (kind == WeightedPoolUserData.ExitKind.WITHDRAW_LONG_TERM_ORDER) {
            return _withdrawLongTermOrder(sender, userData, scalingFactors);
        } else if (kind == WeightedPoolUserData.ExitKind.MANAGEMENT_FEE_TOKENS_OUT) {
            return _exitManagerFeeTokensOut(sender);
        } else {
            return super._doExit(sender, balances, normalizedWeights, scalingFactors, userData);
        }
    }

    function _checkSplitProtocolFees(uint256[] memory dueProtocolFeeAmounts) private {
        for (uint256 i; i < _MAX_TOKENS; ++i) {
            if (dueProtocolFeeAmounts[i] != 0) {
                uint256 ltoProtocolFee = dueProtocolFeeAmounts[i].divDown(FixedPoint.fromUint(2));

                dueProtocolFeeAmounts[i] = dueProtocolFeeAmounts[i].sub(ltoProtocolFee);
                _ltoCollectedFees[i] = _ltoCollectedFees[i].add(ltoProtocolFee);
            }
        }
    }

    function _onSwapGivenIn(
        SwapRequest memory swapRequest,
        uint256 currentBalanceTokenIn,
        uint256 currentBalanceTokenOut
    ) internal virtual override whenNotPaused returns (uint256) {
        uint256[] memory balances = _onSwapHook(swapRequest, currentBalanceTokenIn, currentBalanceTokenOut);

        if (_token0 == swapRequest.tokenIn) {
            return super._onSwapGivenIn(swapRequest, balances[0], balances[1]);
        } else {
            return super._onSwapGivenIn(swapRequest, balances[1], balances[0]);
        }
    }

    function _onSwapGivenOut(
        SwapRequest memory swapRequest,
        uint256 currentBalanceTokenIn,
        uint256 currentBalanceTokenOut
    ) internal virtual override whenNotPaused returns (uint256) {
        uint256[] memory balances = _onSwapHook(swapRequest, currentBalanceTokenIn, currentBalanceTokenOut);

        if (_token0 == swapRequest.tokenIn) {
            return super._onSwapGivenOut(swapRequest, balances[0], balances[1]);
        } else {
            return super._onSwapGivenOut(swapRequest, balances[1], balances[0]);
        }
    }

    function _onSwapHook(
        SwapRequest memory request,
        uint256 balanceTokenIn,
        uint256 balanceTokenOut
    ) internal returns (uint256[] memory updatedBalances) {
        uint256[] memory balances;

        if (_token0 == request.tokenIn) {
            balances = _getSizeTwoArray(balanceTokenIn, balanceTokenOut);
        } else {
            balances = _getSizeTwoArray(balanceTokenOut, balanceTokenIn);
        }

        updatedBalances = _getUpdatedPoolBalances(balances);
        if (!virtualOrderExecutionPaused) {
            (updatedBalances[0], updatedBalances[1]) = _longTermOrders.executeVirtualOrdersUntilCurrentBlock(
                updatedBalances
            );
        }
    }

    /**
     * Registers the long term order with the Pool.
     */
    function _registerLongTermOrder(
        address recipient,
        uint256[] memory balances,
        uint256[] memory scalingFactors,
        bytes memory userData
    ) internal returns (uint256, uint256[] memory) {
        _require(!virtualOrderExecutionPaused, Errors.LONG_TERM_ORDER_EXECUTION_PAUSED);

        (
            uint256 sellTokenIndex,
            uint256 buyTokenIndex,
            uint256 amountIn,
            uint256 numberOfBlockIntervals
        ) = WeightedPoolUserData.placeLongTermOrder(userData);

        amountIn = _upscale(amountIn, scalingFactors[sellTokenIndex]);

        (ILongTermOrders.Order memory order, uint256 amountAIn, uint256 amountBIn) = _longTermOrders
            .performLongTermSwap(recipient, balances, sellTokenIndex, buyTokenIndex, amountIn, numberOfBlockIntervals);

        _emitEventOrderPlaced(order, scalingFactors);

        // Return 0 bpt when long term order is placed
        return (uint256(0), _getSizeTwoArray(amountAIn, amountBIn));
    }

    function _emitEventOrderPlaced(ILongTermOrders.Order memory order, uint256[] memory scalingFactors) internal {
        emit LongTermOrderPlaced(
            order.id,
            order.buyTokenIndex,
            order.sellTokenIndex,
            _downscaleDown(order.saleRate, scalingFactors[order.sellTokenIndex]),
            order.owner,
            order.expirationBlock
        );
    }

    function _emitEventOrderCancelled(
        ILongTermOrders.Order memory order,
        uint256 purchasedAmount,
        uint256 unsoldAmount,
        uint256[] memory scalingFactors
    ) internal {
        emit LongTermOrderCancelled(
            order.id,
            order.buyTokenIndex,
            order.sellTokenIndex,
            _downscaleDown(order.saleRate, scalingFactors[order.sellTokenIndex]),
            order.owner,
            order.expirationBlock,
            _downscaleDown(purchasedAmount, scalingFactors[order.buyTokenIndex]),
            _downscaleDown(unsoldAmount, scalingFactors[order.sellTokenIndex])
        );
    }

    function _emitEventOrderWithdrawn(
        ILongTermOrders.Order memory order,
        uint256 proceeds,
        uint256[] memory scalingFactors,
        bool isPartialWithdrawal
    ) internal {
        emit LongTermOrderWithdrawn(
            order.id,
            order.buyTokenIndex,
            order.sellTokenIndex,
            _downscaleDown(order.saleRate, scalingFactors[order.sellTokenIndex]),
            order.owner,
            order.expirationBlock,
            _downscaleDown(proceeds, scalingFactors[order.buyTokenIndex]),
            isPartialWithdrawal
        );
    }

    function _cancelLongTermOrder(
        address sender,
        bytes memory userData,
        uint256[] memory scalingFactors
    ) internal returns (uint256, uint256[] memory) {
        uint256 orderId = WeightedPoolUserData.cancelLongTermOrder(userData);
        (uint256 purchasedAmount, uint256 unsoldAmount, ILongTermOrders.Order memory order) = _longTermOrders
            .cancelLongTermSwap(sender, orderId);

        _emitEventOrderCancelled(order, purchasedAmount, unsoldAmount, scalingFactors);

        if (order.buyTokenIndex == 0) {
            return (uint256(0), _getSizeTwoArray(purchasedAmount, unsoldAmount));
        } else {
            return (uint256(0), _getSizeTwoArray(unsoldAmount, purchasedAmount));
        }
    }

    function _withdrawLongTermOrder(
        address sender,
        bytes memory userData,
        uint256[] memory scalingFactors
    ) internal returns (uint256, uint256[] memory) {
        uint256 orderId = WeightedPoolUserData.withdrawLongTermOrder(userData);
        (uint256 proceeds, ILongTermOrders.Order memory order, bool isPartialWithdrawal) = _longTermOrders
            .withdrawProceedsFromLongTermSwap(sender, orderId);

        _emitEventOrderWithdrawn(order, proceeds, scalingFactors, isPartialWithdrawal);

        if (order.sellTokenIndex == 0) {
            return (uint256(0), _getSizeTwoArray(uint256(0), proceeds));
        } else {
            return (uint256(0), _getSizeTwoArray(proceeds, uint256(0)));
        }
    }

    function _getUpdatedPoolBalances(uint256[] memory balances)
        internal
        view
        returns (uint256[] memory updatedBalances)
    {
        if (address(_longTermOrders) != address(0)) {
            (uint256 balanceA, uint256 balanceB) = _longTermOrders.getLongTermOrdersBalances();

            updatedBalances = _getSizeTwoArray(balances[0], balances[1]);

            // Deduct the long term orders and long term order management fee from the pool balances.
            updatedBalances[0] = updatedBalances[0].sub(balanceA).sub(_ltoCollectedFees[0]);
            updatedBalances[1] = updatedBalances[1].sub(balanceB).sub(_ltoCollectedFees[1]);
        } else {
            return balances;
        }
    }

    function _getSizeTwoArray(uint256 a, uint256 b) internal pure returns (uint256[] memory array) {
        array = new uint256[](2);
        array[0] = a;
        array[1] = b;
    }

    function getInvariant() public view override returns (uint256) {
        (, uint256[] memory balances, ) = getVault().getPoolTokens(getPoolId());

        // Since the Pool hooks always work with upscaled balances, we manually
        // upscale here for consistency
        _upscaleArray(balances, _scalingFactors());

        (uint256[] memory normalizedWeights, ) = _getNormalizedWeightsAndMaxWeightIndex();
        uint256[] memory updatedBalances = _getUpdatedPoolBalances(balances);

        return _calculateInvariant(normalizedWeights, updatedBalances);
    }

    function setLongTermSwapFeePercentage(uint128 newLongTermSwapFeePercentage) external authenticate {
        // Fees should be fraction of 1.
        _require(newLongTermSwapFeePercentage >= _MIN_SWAP_FEE_PERCENTAGE, Errors.MIN_SWAP_FEE_PERCENTAGE);
        _require(newLongTermSwapFeePercentage <= _MAX_SWAP_FEE_PERCENTAGE, Errors.MAX_SWAP_FEE_PERCENTAGE);

        _longTermOrders.setLongTermSwapFeePercentage(newLongTermSwapFeePercentage);
        emit LongTermSwapFeePercentageChanged(newLongTermSwapFeePercentage);
    }

    function setMaxPerBlockSaleRatePercent(uint256 newMaxPerBlockSaleRatePercent) external authenticate {
        _longTermOrders.setMaxPerBlockSaleRatePercent(newMaxPerBlockSaleRatePercent);
    }

    function setMinLtoOrderAmountToAmmBalanceRatio(uint256 amountToAmmBalanceRatio) external authenticate {
        _longTermOrders.setMinLtoOrderAmountToAmmBalanceRatio(amountToAmmBalanceRatio);
    }

    function getLongTermOrderContractAddress() external view returns (address) {
        return address(_longTermOrders);
    }

    function getCollectedManagementFees() public view returns (uint256[] memory collectedFees) {
        collectedFees = new uint256[](2);

        for (uint256 i; i < 2; ++i) {
            collectedFees[i] = _ltoCollectedFees[i];
        }

        _downscaleDownArray(collectedFees, _scalingFactors());
    }

    function setOrderLimits(
        uint256 maxUniqueOrderExpiries,
        uint256 maxNumberOfBlockIntervals,
        uint256 maxVirtualOrderExecutionLoops
    ) external authenticate {
        _longTermOrders.setOrderLimits(
            maxUniqueOrderExpiries,
            maxNumberOfBlockIntervals,
            maxVirtualOrderExecutionLoops
        );
    }

    function setVirtualOrderExecutionPaused(bool newVirtualOrderExecutionPaused) external authenticate {
        _require(
            newVirtualOrderExecutionPaused || _normalizedWeight0 == _normalizedWeight1,
            Errors.CANNOT_UNPAUSE_VIRTUAL_ORDER_EXECUTION
        );
        virtualOrderExecutionPaused = newVirtualOrderExecutionPaused;
    }

    function withdrawLongTermOrderCollectedManagementFees(address recipient)
        external
        whenNotPaused
        authenticate
        nonReentrant
    {
        uint256[] memory collectedFees = getCollectedManagementFees();
        (IERC20[] memory tokens, , ) = getVault().getPoolTokens(getPoolId());

        getVault().exitPool(
            getPoolId(),
            address(this),
            payable(recipient),
            IVault.ExitPoolRequest({
                assets: _asIAsset(tokens),
                minAmountsOut: collectedFees,
                userData: abi.encode(WeightedPoolUserData.ExitKind.MANAGEMENT_FEE_TOKENS_OUT),
                toInternalBalance: false
            })
        );

        emit LongTermOrderManagementFeesCollected(tokens, collectedFees);
    }

    function _exitManagerFeeTokensOut(address sender)
        private
        whenNotPaused
        returns (uint256 bptAmountIn, uint256[] memory amountsOut)
    {
        // This exit function is disabled if the contract is paused.

        // This exit function can only be called by the Pool itself - the authorization logic that governs when that
        // call can be made resides in withdrawCollectedManagementFees.
        _require(sender == address(this), Errors.UNAUTHORIZED_EXIT);

        bptAmountIn = 0;

        amountsOut = new uint256[](2);

        for (uint256 i; i < 2; ++i) {
            amountsOut[i] = _ltoCollectedFees[i];
            _ltoCollectedFees[i] = 0;
        }
    }

    /**
     * @dev Extend ownerOnly functions to include the Managed Pool control functions.
     */
    function _isOwnerOnlyAction(bytes32 actionId) internal view override returns (bool) {
        return
            (actionId == getActionId(TwammWeightedPool.withdrawLongTermOrderCollectedManagementFees.selector)) ||
            (actionId == getActionId(TwammWeightedPool.setLongTermSwapFeePercentage.selector)) ||
            (actionId == getActionId(TwammWeightedPool.setMaxPerBlockSaleRatePercent.selector)) ||
            (actionId == getActionId(TwammWeightedPool.setMinLtoOrderAmountToAmmBalanceRatio.selector)) ||
            (actionId == getActionId(TwammWeightedPool.setOrderLimits.selector)) ||
            (actionId == getActionId(TwammWeightedPool.setVirtualOrderExecutionPaused.selector)) ||
            super._isOwnerOnlyAction(actionId);
    }

    function getLongTermOrder(uint256 orderId)
        external
        view
        returns (
            uint256,
            uint256,
            uint256,
            address,
            uint256,
            uint256,
            uint256
        )
    {
        (ILongTermOrders.Order memory order, uint256 boughtAmount) = _longTermOrders.getLongTermOrderAndBoughtAmount(
            orderId
        );

        return (
            order.id,
            order.expirationBlock,
            _downscaleDown(order.saleRate, _scalingFactors()[order.sellTokenIndex]),
            order.owner,
            order.sellTokenIndex,
            order.buyTokenIndex,
            _downscaleDown(boughtAmount, _scalingFactors()[order.buyTokenIndex])
        );
    }
}

// File: contracts/twamm/ILongTermOrders.sol



//SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
pragma solidity ^0.7.0;
pragma experimental ABIEncoderV2;

//@notice This is interface for LongTermOrders
abstract contract ILongTermOrders {
    //@notice information associated with a long term order
    struct Order {
        uint256 id;
        uint256 expirationBlock;
        uint256 saleRate;
        address owner;
        uint256 sellTokenIndex;
        uint256 buyTokenIndex;
    }

    function performLongTermSwap(
        address owner,
        uint256[] calldata balances,
        uint256 sellTokenIndex,
        uint256 buyTokenIndex,
        uint256 amountIn,
        uint256 numberOfBlockIntervals
    )
        external
        virtual
        returns (
            Order memory,
            uint256,
            uint256
        );

    //@notice cancel long term swap, pay out unsold tokens and well as purchased tokens
    function cancelLongTermSwap(address sender, uint256 orderId)
        external
        virtual
        returns (
            uint256 purchasedAmount,
            uint256 unsoldAmount,
            Order memory order
        );

    //@notice withdraw proceeds from a long term swap (can be expired or ongoing)
    function withdrawProceedsFromLongTermSwap(address sender, uint256 orderId)
        external
        virtual
        returns (
            uint256 proceeds,
            Order memory order,
            bool isPartialWithdrawal
        );

    //@notice executes all virtual orders until current block is reached.
    function executeVirtualOrdersUntilCurrentBlock(uint256[] calldata balances)
        external
        virtual
        returns (uint256 ammTokenA, uint256 ammTokenB);

    function getLongTermOrdersBalances() external view virtual returns (uint256 balanceA, uint256 balanceB);

    function setLongTermSwapFeePercentage(uint128 newLongTermSwapFeePercentage) external virtual;

    function setMaxPerBlockSaleRatePercent(uint256 newMaxPerBlockSaleRatePercent) external virtual;

    function setMinLtoOrderAmountToAmmBalanceRatio(uint256 amountToAmmBalanceRatio) external virtual;

    function setOrderLimits(
        uint256 maxUniqueOrderExpiries,
        uint256 maxNumberOfBlockIntervals,
        uint256 maxVirtualOrderExecutionLoops
    ) external virtual;

    function getLongTermOrderAndBoughtAmount(uint256 orderId)
        external
        view
        virtual
        returns (Order memory order, uint256 boughtAmount);
}

// File: contracts/twamm/MinHeap.sol



//SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
pragma solidity ^0.7.0;

import "hardhat/console.sol";
import "@balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/math/Math.sol";

library MinHeap {
    using Math for uint256;

    // Inserts adds in a value to our heap.
    function insert(uint256[] storage heap, uint256 _value) internal {
        // Add the value to the end of our array
        heap.push(_value);

        // Start at the end of the array
        uint256 currentIndex = heap.length - 1;
        if (currentIndex > 1) {
            uint256 parentIndex = currentIndex / 2;

            // Bubble up the value until it reaches it's correct place (i.e. it is smaller than it's parent)
            while (currentIndex > 1 && heap[parentIndex] > _value) {
                // If the parent value is greater than our current value, move it to current index.
                heap[currentIndex] = heap[parentIndex];
                // change our current Index to go up to the parent
                currentIndex = parentIndex;
                parentIndex = currentIndex / 2;
            }

            heap[currentIndex] = _value;
        }
    }

    // RemoveMax pops off the root element of the heap (the highest value here) and rebalances the heap
    function removeMin(uint256[] storage heap) internal returns (uint256) {
        uint256 initialHeapLength = heap.length;
        // Ensure the heap exists
        _require(initialHeapLength > 1, Errors.HEAP_EMPTY);
        // take the root value of the heap
        uint256 toReturn = heap[1];

        // Start at the top
        uint256 currentIndex = 1;

        // Take the last element of the array to move it to it's correct place.
        uint256 parentValue = heap[initialHeapLength - 1];
        uint256 childIndex = currentIndex * 2;

        // Bubble down
        while (childIndex <= initialHeapLength - 2) {
            // Assume left child is smaller.
            uint256 lesserChild = heap[childIndex];

            // Compare the left and right child. if the rightChild is lesser, then point j to it's index
            if (childIndex != initialHeapLength - 2 && lesserChild > heap[childIndex + 1]) {
                lesserChild = heap[childIndex + 1];
                childIndex = childIndex + 1;
            }

            // compare the current parent value with the highest child, if the parent is lesser, we're done
            if (parentValue < lesserChild) {
                break;
            }

            // else move lesser child to current index.
            heap[currentIndex] = lesserChild;

            // and let's keep going down the heap
            currentIndex = childIndex;
            childIndex = currentIndex * 2;
        }

        // console.log(currentIndex, parentValue, childIndex);
        heap[currentIndex] = parentValue;

        // Delete the last element from the array
        heap.pop();

        // finally, return the top of the heap
        return toReturn;
    }

    function getMin(uint256[] storage heap) internal view returns (uint256) {
        return heap[1];
    }

    function isEmpty(uint256[] storage heap) internal view returns (bool) {
        return heap.length == 1;
    }
}

// File: contracts/twamm/SignedFixedPoint.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-3.0-or-later
// This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
// it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
// the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
// (at your option) any later version.

// This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
// but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
// MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
// GNU General Public License for more details.

// You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
// along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

pragma solidity ^0.7.0;

import "@balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/helpers/BalancerErrors.sol";
import "hardhat/console.sol";

/* solhint-disable private-vars-leading-underscore */

library SignedFixedPoint {
    int256 internal constant ONE = 1e18; // 18 decimal places

    function add(int256 a, int256 b) internal pure returns (int256) {
        // Fixed Point addition is the same as regular checked addition

        int256 c = a + b;

        if (a >= 0 && b >= 0) {
            _require(c >= a, Errors.ADD_OVERFLOW);
        } else if (a <= 0 && b <= 0) {
            _require(c <= a, Errors.ADD_UNDERFLOW);
        }

        return c;
    }

    function sub(int256 a, int256 b) internal pure returns (int256) {
        // Fixed Point addition is the same as regular checked addition

        int256 c = a - b;
        if (a >= 0 && b <= 0) {
            _require(c >= a, Errors.SUB_OVERFLOW);
        } else if (a <= 0 && b >= 0) {
            _require(c <= a, Errors.SUB_UNDERFLOW);
        }

        return c;
    }

    function divDown(int256 a, int256 b) internal pure returns (int256) {
        _require(b != 0, Errors.ZERO_DIVISION);

        if (a == 0) {
            return 0;
        } else {
            int256 aInflated = a * ONE;
            _require(aInflated / a == ONE, Errors.DIV_INTERNAL); // mul overflow

            return aInflated / b;
        }
    }

    function toFixedPoint(int256 x) internal pure returns (uint256) {
        _require(x >= 0, Errors.UNDERFLOW);
        return uint256(x);
    }
}

// File: @balancer-labs/v2-solidity-utils/contracts/openzeppelin/Ownable.sol



// SPDX-License-Identifier: MIT

// Based on the Ownable library from OpenZeppelin Contracts, altered to reduce runtime gas by dropping
// support for the GSN.

pragma solidity ^0.7.0;

import "../helpers/BalancerErrors.sol";

/**
 * @dev Contract module which provides a basic access control mechanism, where
 * there is an account (an owner) that can be granted exclusive access to
 * specific functions.
 *
 * By default, the owner account will be the one that deploys the contract. This
 * can later be changed with {transferOwnership}.
 *
 * This module is used through inheritance. It will make available the modifier
 * `onlyOwner`, which can be applied to your functions to restrict their use to
 * the owner.
 */
abstract contract Ownable {
    address private _owner;

    event OwnershipTransferred(address indexed previousOwner, address indexed newOwner);

    /**
     * @dev Initializes the contract setting the deployer as the initial owner.
     */
    constructor() {
        _transferOwnership(msg.sender);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Returns the address of the current owner.
     */
    function owner() public view virtual returns (address) {
        return _owner;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Throws if called by any account other than the owner.
     */
    modifier onlyOwner() {
        _require(owner() == msg.sender, Errors.CALLER_IS_NOT_OWNER);
        _;
    }

    /**
     * @dev Leaves the contract without owner. It will not be possible to call
     * `onlyOwner` functions anymore. Can only be called by the current owner.
     *
     * NOTE: Renouncing ownership will leave the contract without an owner,
     * thereby removing any functionality that is only available to the owner.
     */
    function renounceOwnership() public virtual onlyOwner {
        _transferOwnership(address(0));
    }

    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Can only be called by the current owner.
     */
    function transferOwnership(address newOwner) public virtual onlyOwner {
        _require(newOwner != address(0), Errors.NEW_OWNER_IS_ZERO);
        _transferOwnership(newOwner);
    }

    /**
     * @dev Transfers ownership of the contract to a new account (`newOwner`).
     * Internal function without access restriction.
     */
    function _transferOwnership(address newOwner) internal virtual {
        address oldOwner = _owner;
        _owner = newOwner;
        emit OwnershipTransferred(oldOwner, newOwner);
    }
}